Site Location Plan

Document Title: Supporting information for bespoke environmental permit application relating to Long Itchington Wood north tunnel portal slurry treatment plant Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 Revision: P01/C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Appendix A Site Location Plan

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 75 of 83

Appendix B Slurry Treatment Plan Layout

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 76 of 83

70150 For Full set of Slab Levels Refer to Drawing ALL RECESS POCKETS FOR TANK FIXINGS TO BE 200x200. 1MC08-BBV-CV-DPL-NS01_NL01-000011 Rev P01.3 SITE TO CONFIRM WITH SUPPLIER AND INSTALL FIXINGS 35780 34370 AS PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. NOTE: Slab Pours will be Progressed Simultaneously Background STP Graphics Obtained from 108 MS Drawing 110301 Dated 17/04/2020 Sumps & Surface Channels 400mm Level zone. To be For Fixing Detail Refer to Sumps & Surface Channels Can stop Either 16450 Can stop Either Side of Tanks Checked by Site Prior to Detail 2 on Drawing Side of Tanks to Prevent Any Possible Clashes to Prevent Any Possible Commencement of Construction ! 1MC08-BBV_BAF-CV- - Site Team to Construct Accordingly. Setting Out Points to be Checked by Site Clashes - Site Team to DDE-NS01_NL01-100001 Prior to Commencement of Construction ! Construct Accordingly. Sub-Station Details TBC. TOC +68.650 TOC +69.450 TOC +69.700 Slab to be Laid to Falls on Existing 6F5 Platform. SOP 1 SOP 2 Sub-Station Details TBC. TOC +68.900 POUR 1 POUR 4 400mm Long x 200mm Wide x 200mm High Shaded Area Noted Thus Denotes Fall Fall 4922

453 Hollow Concrete blocks to act as Bund Wall. Extents of Mud Management Area Slab. Other Slab Areas will Be covered in Other Briefs and do not form part of this Design. SOP 6 SOP 5 Water Tank Water Tank Slurry Tank Slurry Tank

Slab Setting Co-Ordinate Co-Ordinate Out Point Ref: (Eastings) (Northings) Indicative Bund Wall 14400 EJ

For Continuation SOP 1 E = 203162.4490 N = 371530.7690 Zone - Site to Refer to Drawing

No Dowelled Joint Possible within this NS01_NL01-100006 SOP A SOP 2 E = 203202.1292 N = 371472.9197

11029 Determine where 200mm Slab Thick Zone. SOP 3 E = 203175.3896 N = 371454.5999 Appropriate. EJ SOP B 1MC08-BBV-BAF-CV-DGA- Drainage: BY SITE - Varying Depth Channel SOP 4 E = 203138.4961 N = 371514.6422 Recesses from 50mm - 150mm to Create Fall SOP 5 E = 203158.4513 N = 371527.8961 3000 to Sumps. In Areas of Possible Clashes, 557 SOP 6 E = 203148.7722 N = 371541.2074 Service Trough Channels Can be Stopped Short of Obstruction. TOC +69.400 CJ TOC +69.650 SOP 7 E = 203122.3822 N = 371523.1230

EJ CJ CJ 32375 EJ TOC Area 1 Service Trough Co-Ordinate Co-Ordinate +69.450 D A B TOC Setting Out Point Ref: (Eastings) (Northings) POUR 2 FP McCann Service Troughs: Water Tank +69.650 * TOC +69.900 ALL Troughs to be Laid at Same Level (+68.450) SOP A E = 203154.0349 N = 371521.6961 F 1000x1000x1000 Dp. * MH Chamber to be TOC TOC (Trough Level Invert to Remain (Unchanged). SOP B E = 203155.0889 N = 371519.3742 STAKKABox Draw Slab profile Amended repositioned by +69.650 +69.650 Troughs Shaded Yellow will be Non-Removal. SOP C E = 203136.7234 N = 371511.0371 Pit. Composite B125 to Avoid Acute Triangle 4950 4400 Others MH Ring 250mm Slab to be Cast directly on top of Cover SOP D E = 203135.2599 N = 371513.1732 Cover to Contain Likely to Crack. Precast 1500mm ID. EJ 4No. Rigiduct Twin Lids. 4No. Internal Troughs (Outlined Blue) will SOP E E = 203168.3407 N = 371468.5622 140 Wall Ducting. 200 3000 1200 POUR 5 require Internal Shuttering to Increase Trough SOP F E = 203170.7969 N = 371467.8771

2750 Slurry Tank Slurry Tank 16425 Height during Casting of 400mm Slab - Site Detail. SOP G E = 203169.4939 N = 371463.2053

Graphics by others. 3600 TOC Water Tank +69.650 TOC +69.700 SOP H E = 203167.6125 N = 371465.9514 POUR 3 SOP F A SOP 4 CJ - SOP E

4400 For Slab Reinforcement and Sections Refer to Drawings 6720 Fall Fall

Ramp 1MC08-BBV_BAF-CV-DPL-NS01_NL01-100001 1MC08-BBV_BAF-CV-DPL-NS01_NL01-100002 EJ EJ EJ TOC +69.450 SOP G EJ SOP 3 1MC08-BBV_BAF-CV-DSE-NS01_NL01-100001 SOP 7 SOP D D1 250mm Step SOP C Site to Check MH TOC +69.450 TOC +69.700 D2 SOP H * in Face. For General Arrangement Details Refer to Drawing FP McCann Service Troughs: ALL Troughs Chamber Does Not * B 1300 1MC08-BBV_BAF-CV-DDE-NS01_NL01-100001

to be Laid at Same Level (+68.450). See * Clash With Troughs. E A Table for Types. For Full Details Refer to FP TOC +69.450 TOC +69.450 Service Trough McCann Product Literature "Power & Infrastructure Solutions". Safety, Health and Environmental Information The following notes highlight significant residual hazards identified by the designer. Typical hazards that should be identified by a competent TOC +69.450 TOC +69.450 contractor are not included. The contractor shall carry out the works using an approved safe system of work. Further information on hazards can be Powder Bentonite Silo Base. For Typical 400x400x20 Thk. Baseplate For Continuation Refer to Drawing found in the CDM hazard register. Details Refer to Drawing 1MC08-BBV-CV-DDE-NS01_NL01-000008. 1MC08-BBV-BAF-CV-DGA-NS01_NL01-10000? T.B.C. FP McCann Service Troughs: See Table for For Anchor Fixing Details See "Detail 1" on drawing Types. For Full Details Refer to FP McCann 01 Overloading Member / Slab / Foundation. 0 2 5 10 20 EJ Denotes Expansion Joint METRES 1MC08-BBV-BAF-CV-DDE-NS01_NL01-100001. Product Literature "Power & Infrastructure 02 Settlement CJ Denotes Construction Joints @ 1:200 Solutions". 32655 37370 03 Anchoring into Slab 04 Tank Spillage Service Trough Table Plan 1000x1000x1000 Dp. 05 Uncertain Soil Conditions STAKKABox Draw

For* Sectional Details D-D, D1-D1, 06 Poor Construction Joints Scale 1:200 @ A1 Pit. Composite B125 Blue Areas A MT 1000 750 Class D LL with ML 1000 50 OMA Lid 1.3T D2-D2, E-E & F-F Refer to Drawing 07 Incorrect Material Specification - - Cover to Contain B C 1MC08-BBV-BAF-CV-DDE-NS01_NL01-100001 B MT 750 750 Class D LL with ML 750 50 OMA Lid 1.1T 4No. Rigiduct Twin Wall Ducting. Orange Areas A MT 1000 750 Class D LL with ML 1000 100 ST Class D Lid 1.3T Graphics by others. B MT 750 750 Class D LL with ML 750 100 ST Class D Lid 1.1T

37370

4400 2800 1450 17340 2500 Bund to be 400mm high, 200mm wide hollow concrete blocks (filled with concrete) Wide Ramp. = 1945 = 200 200 400 600 20 400 +69.650 200 +69.650 +69.700 +69.700 +69.450 +69.450 +69.450

A B

EJ EJ

FP McCann Service Troughs For Detail 1 Refer to Drawing 400 Drainage: BY SITE - Varying Depth Channel Recesses from 50mm - 150mm to Well Compacted 6F5 Installed Platform 500mm Thk γ on Shown on the Splay. 1MC08-BBV-BAF-CV-DDE-NS01_NL01-100001 Create Fall to Sumps Omitted from Section and not Shown in Elevation Beyond Mercia Mudstone. Information Obtained from Geotechnical Design Report 4, for Clarity - Drainage System by Others and does not form part of this Design. 1MC08-BBV-GT-REP-NS01_NL02-100001_S4_P04. Section A-A Scale 1:100 @ A1

5450 8600 Channel Recesses Indicated from 50mm - All Recess Pockets for Tank Fixings to be Site 5000 5150 3300 Channel Recesses Indicated from 50mm - 150mm to Create Fall to Sumps by Site Preference of 350x150. Site to Confirm with Supplier Long Ramp. 150mm to Create Fall to Sumps by Site and do not form part of this Design. and do not form part of this Design. and Install Fixings as per Manufacturers Instructions. CJ

+69.900 400 200 +69.650 200 +69.700 Ramp +69.700 +69.650 +69.700 +69.450 +69.450 +69.400 +69.450 +69.450

EJ EJ EJ CJ

For Detail 4 Refer to Drawing For Detail 3 Refer to Drawing For Detail 5 Refer to Drawing 1MC08-BBV-BAF-CV-DDE-NS01_NL01-100001 1MC08-BBV-BAF-CV-DDE-NS01_NL01-100001 1MC08-BBV-BAF-CV-DDE-NS01_NL01-100001 Section B-B Section C-C Scale 1:100 @ A1 Scale 1:100 @ A1

MH ------HS2 accepts no responsibility for any circumstances which arise from Legends/Notes: Project/Contract P01.1 Issued for Internal Check the reproduction of this document after alteration, amendment or abbreviation (N1) Long Itchington Wood Tunnel to Birmingham Interchange Station ------or if it is issued in part or issued incompletely in any way. 1. Minimum slab concrete strength of C40/50. Concrete Strength of C30/37 to be achieved prior to loading. 2. Site to Ensure the post drilled anchor holes are free from dust and water prior to inserting and filling with anchoring adhesive. Checked, Amended - Issued For MH KT NH --- © Crown Copyright and database right 2018. All rights reserved. 3. Ground information for the Mercia Mudstone subgrade taken from Geotechnical Design Report 4, Zone Drawn Checked Approved C01 Ordnance Survey Licence number 100049190 Construction ------1MC08-BBV-GT-REP-NS01_NL02-100001_S4_P04. N1 Wide MH KT NH 4. Well compacted 6F5 platform to be compacted in accordance with the Specification for Highways Works Series 600 Earthworks table 6/4. © Crown Copyright material is reproduced with the permission of Land 5. Slab Loading Information given in A19034-Verrtical_Loads_Distribution - rev 1 and shown on 110302 1 to 3. Maximum Silo height = 18m. Drawing Title Date Scale Size Registry under delegated authority from the Controller of HMSO. 6. Slab also Designed for ZX13570 Genie MEWP and worst case Crane Outrigger Load of 35.4T over a 2.0m x 2.0m Outrigger mat. 16-06-2020 As Shown A1 This material was last updated on 2018 and may not be copied, distributed,7. 500mm Thick 6F5 Platform has also been designed for Max. Crane Outrigger Point Load of 35.4T over a 2.0m x 2.0m Outrigger mat. Registered in England: Registration No. 06791686 Long Itchington Wood North Portal Main Compound sold or published without the formal permission of Land Registry. 8. Pull testing on 50% of silo anchors to 110kN to be carried out prior to silo installation. Registered office: 2 Snow Hill, Queensway, Birmingham, B4 6GA Only an official copy of a title plan or register obtained from the Land Registry Deliverable Gate Suitability may be used for legal or other official purposes. 9. Construction Joint at Silo Base to be Cleaned and Free of Debris before Installing Joint. Joint to be Installed Via Scabbling or Surface Retarder in SLURRY TREATMENT WORKS (STP) Line with Manufacturers Guidance and Relevant HS2 Procedures. No NONE A Official MUD MANAGEMENT AREA Drawing No. Rev. Creator/Originator Balfour Beatty VINCI GENERAL ARRANGEMENT 1MC08-BBV_BAF-CV-DGA-NS01_NL01-100001 C01 Rev Description Drawn Checked Approved Con App Scale with caution as distortion can occur. This document is issued for the party which commissioned it and for specific purposes connected with the captioned project only. It should not be relied upon by any other party or used © Copyright Controller HMSO 2018. This material is published for High Speed Two (HS2) Limited with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty’s Stationery Office". "The authors of this information are employed by Balfour Beatty Vinci JV. The work for any other purpose. We accept no responsibility for the consequences of this document being relied upon by any other party, or being used for any other purpose, or containing any reported herein was carried out under a deed placed on 01/08/2017 by High Speed Two (HS2) Limited and should not be relied upon as authoritative by any third party. This report shall not be copied or reproduced in whole or in part except with the express error or omission which is due to an error or omission in data supplied to us by other parties. consent of High Speed Two (HS2) Limited

Appendix C Site Infrastructure Plan

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 77 of 83

Appendix D Evidence of Technical Competency

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 78 of 83

Appendix E Noise Impact Assessment & Management Plan

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 79 of 83

Contract No. 1MC08

Long Itchington Wood North Portal - Slurry Treatment Plant - Noise Impact Assessment

Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-REP-NS01_NL01-000001

Current Date Reason for Author Reviewed By Approved By Revision Approved Review P01/C01 Sam Williams Roger Dentoni Steve Phipps 05/03/2021

Stakeholder Review Required (SRR) Purpose of SRR ☐ Yes – Please Specify Below ☐ Comment ☒ No ☐ Information Click or tap here to enter text. ☐ Approval

HS2 Signature Required ☐ Yes – Please Specify Below ☐ No Click or tap here to enter text.

Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Review Required

Team Yes/No Name Position Date Quality No Health & Safety No Environment & Noise and Vibration Yes Roger Dentoni 04/03/2021 Sustainability Specialist Materials No

Revision History

Previous Date Author Reviewed By Approved By Reason for Review Revision Approved

Revision Summary

Paragraph Modified Details of Modification

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 2 of 24

Contents

1 NOISE IMPACT ASSESSMENT 4 1.1 Scope and purpose 4 1.2 Technical competence 5 1.3 Measurements 6 1.4 Noise Modelling 9 1.5 Assessment of Impact 12 1.6 Uncertainty 15 2 NOISE & VIBRATION MANAGEMENT PLAN 16 APPENDIX A NOISE MONITORING LOCATION SHEET 17 APPENDIX B EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION CERTIFICATES 19 APPENDIX C NOISE AND VIBRATION MANAGEMENT PLAN 24

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 3 of 24

1 NOISE IMPACT ASSESSMENT 1.1 Scope and purpose The Long Itchington Wood tunnel section will be bored using a tunnel boring machine (TBM) which relies on the hydrostatic pressure behind the cutter face to seal the bore during excavation. The hydrostatic pressure will be produced by a slurry, which will be supplied by a slurry treatment plant (STP) located at the surface at the Long Itchington Wood North Portal construction site.

The slurry comprises a mixture of water and bentonite and is transported between the TBM and STP by pipelines. The slurry will mix with debris at the TBM cutter face and will then be pumped back to the STP at the construction site. The STP removes the solid material (debris) from the slurry, and the slurry is then reconditioned (by adding water and or bentonite) and recirculated for reuse at the cutter head. The STP is essential construction equipment required to operate the tunnel boring machine.

The pre-application advice for the bespoke permit indicates that a noise impact assessment (NIA) based on BS 4142:2014+A1:2019 – ‘Methods for rating and assessing industrial and commercial sound’ should be provided with the permit application for the STP. BBV does not consider BS 4142 to be an appropriate assessment methodology for construction noise, but nonetheless has produced this NIA in accordance with BS 4142 in the interest of expediency.

1.1.1 Premises The STP will be located at the Long Itchington Wood North Portal construction site. The construction site is in a deep cutting, shown in Figure 1.1 below.

Other construction noise, which is outside the scope of this NIA, will be generated by: • the operation of the construction site, including boring the twin tunnels, • further major bulk earthworks cut, fill and creation of large landscaped fill areas, • the grout batching plant which will be situated beside the STP (24/7 operation), and • the operation of the Wastewater Treatment Plant (24/7 operation).

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 4 of 24

Figure 1.1 Long Itchington Wood North Portal site

1.1.2 Hours and modes of operation The operation of the slurry treatment plant is expected to operate continuously on a 24/7 basis for around 2 years whilst the tunnel is bored from the Long Itchington Wood North Portal to the Long Itchington Wood South Portal site.

1.1.3 Noise Sensitive Receptors The LIW North Portal site is located at the approximate national grid reference: SP 38578 63531 (BNG: 438578,263531) and was developed on farmland. The surrounding land use is predominantly agricultural however there are three residences within 300-400 m of the STP:

• Wood Farm: (BNG: 438427.09,263157.15; OS Grid: SP 38427 63157) • Woodmeadow Farm: (BNG: 438989.18, 263269.50; OS Grid: SP 38989 63269) • Welsh Road Lock Cottage: (BNG:438588.84, 263966.75; OS Grid: SP 38589 63967)

A site location plan is included in the application pack.

1.2 Technical competence

This noise impact assessment (including the noise modelling) has been completed by Sam Williams who is a corporate Member of the Institute of Acoustics and who has been responsible for the acoustic assessment of over 150 schemes. Career highlights include advising the airports commission on the potential noise effects of adding an additional runway to either Gatwick or

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 5 of 24

Heathrow airport; the calculation of city-wide road traffic noise immission maps of Birmingham and Coventry; and mitigating potential noise impacts of one of the largest oil and gas field in the world. Sam is familiar with the permitting process and has provided expert evidence at planning appeals, public inquiries, and commissions: • Advisor and lead author of reports for the Airports Commission established by Government to advise on how best to maintain the UK’s status as global hub for aviation. • Expert witness and head of discipline for the proposed £14 billion Wylfa Newydd New Nuclear Power Station DCO. • Expert witness for the Hamilton Energy from Waste planning appeal (PPA-380-2049). • Expert witness for The Proposed Ashton Vale to Temple Meads and Bristol City Centre Rapid Transit Order Public Inquiry (2012). • Expert witness for The Fishguard to Bangor Trunk Road (A487). This project has since been completed and has won the ‘Environmental Project of the year’ at the Construction News Awards 2012, the Green Organisation’s Green Apple Award winner and the ICE Wales Project of the Year for projects >£3m. • Expert witness for The London Development Agency (Lower Lea Valley, Olympic and Legacy) Compulsory Purchase Order (2006). This inquiry concerned the acquisition of land for the Olympics and associated transport infrastructure.

1.3 Measurements 1.3.1 Location Background sound level measurements were undertaken between 19 - 22 of February 2021 at Woodmeadow Farm. This location was selected for the background sound level measurements as Woodmeadow Farm is close to the Long Itchington Wood North Portal construction site, is in a rural setting where the background sound levels are low, and the property owners have given permission to conduct noise monitoring. The noise monitoring equipment was set up by Mike Breslin of ANV who is a corporate member of the Institute of Acoustics.

The noise monitoring location is situated approximately 430 m to the south-east of the STP, and 6.63 m from the west corner of the dwelling at the property boundary. The intervening ground between the construction site and the monitoring location is almost entirely ploughed arable fields and the land rises from approximately 70 m A.o.D at the edge of the STP to 81 m A.o.D at Woodmeadow Farm.

This location is already used for long-term noise construction noise monitoring location. The location has the identifier ‘SL1A-LIWNP-N1’, and details about the noise meter installation are given in the noise monitoring location sheet at Appendix A.

Weather monitoring was conducted throughout this period on at a position just within the boundary of the Long Itchington Wood North Portal construction site.

1.3.2 Equipment The equipment used for the measurements is set out in table 1.2 below. The noise monitoring equipment calibration certificates are included in Appendix B. The sound levels meter conforms to the class 1 requirements of IEC 61672-1:2002, and the acoustic calibrator conforms to all the class 1 requirements of IEC 60942:2003.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 6 of 24

Figure 1.2 Details of noise and weather monitoring equipment

Equipment Make Model Serial Number Laboratory Certificate No. Calibration Date Sound Level Meter Rion NL-52 001088821 15 July 2020 UCRT20/1631 Preamplifier Rion NH-25 99085 Microphone Rion UC-59 16752 Rion NC-74 35015343 7 January UCRT21/1035 Acoustic calibrator 2021 Weather station Lufft WS10 007.0220.1601.010 N/A N/A

The noise monitoring equipment is field calibrated at three-month intervals. The most recent calibration was on 16 February 2021 and the SLM reported a level of 93.8 dB against a reference level of 94.0 dB. A calibration correction of +0.2 dB was applied to return the reported level to 94.0 dB as per the manufacturer’s recommendations. This correction is not significant.

The sound level meter was set to record samples at 15-minute intervals. A statistical analysis of the resulting LA90 values has been used to derive typical background sound levels in accordance with BS 4142:2014+A1:2019 for the daytime and the night-time. A non-normative comment below section 7.2 of BS 4142 indicates that daytime is typically between 07:00 h – 23:00 h and accordingly night-time is between 23:00 h – 07:00 h. This assessment has adopted these time periods.

1.3.3 Weather Weather conditions during the survey were generally suitable for background sound measurements, with low wind speeds (less than 1% of the samples recorded wind speeds of over 6m/s) and little rain.

The wind directions and speeds recorded during the baseline sound monitoring period are shown graphically as wind roses in Figure 1.3 overleaf. It can be seen that a range of wind directions were experienced over the survey period, but as noted above the wind speeds were generally low.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 7 of 24

Figure 1.3 Daily wind roses, 19th to 22 Feb 2021

The high relative humidity was generally high (typically over 80%) but the dewpoint remained below the air temperature throughout the survey. Air temperatures were typically between 2°C during the coldest parts of the night and 13°C during the warmest times of the day.

There was some precipitation (rain, no snow) during the survey period. However, it was rarely heavy and the only periods where it exceeded 0.25mm/hr were: • 19/02/2020 11:00 - 12:00 • 19/02/2020 13:00 - 14:00 • 20/02/2020 00:00 - 04:00 • 20/02/2020 05:00 - 07:00 • 20/02/2020 16:00 - 18:00

The sound level samples taken while rainfall was greater than 0.25mm/hr have been excluded from the data analysis.

1.3.4 Background sound levels A statistical analysis of the remaining 15-minute background sound level samples yields the following metrics.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 8 of 24

Table 3.1 Statistical analysis of background sound level samples.

Statistical measure Daytime, dB LA90,15min Night-time, dB LA90,15min Min 30.7 29.3 Max 45.0 39.3 Average 37.1 32.8 Mode 35 31

It can be seen from figure 1.4 below that the measured sound level samples show a normal distribution.

Figure 1.4 Statistical distribution of background sound level samples

Statistical Distribution 0.120

0.100

0.080

0.060

0.040 Probability Density

0.020

0.000 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 dB LA90

1.4 Noise Modelling

1.4.1 Noise sources

The STP equipment with the highest sound power levels are the revolving trommel screen and the three desanding modules which separate coarse solids from the returning slurry. To reduce the potential for these items to cause significant adverse noise effects they are housed within a noise enclosure. Figure 4.1 overleaf shows the arrangement of these items within the noise enclosure which measures 18.125 m long, 11.500 m wide and 13.700 m tall above the STP slab. The composite panels forming of the noise enclosure comprise 15% translucent material + 130mm rockwool + 0.75mm external facing metal cladding and have a weighed apparent sound reduction (Rw) of 36 dB.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 9 of 24

Figure 1.5 Plan view showing internal layout of noise enclosure.

Dewatering Screens x3 Hydrocyclones x3 Trommel x1 Desanding Pumps x3 Desilting Pumps x3

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 10 of 24

The broadband sound power levels of the major noise sources are as follows:

ID Noise source No. of noise Source height Sound power sources (m) level dB(A) [1] STP_1 Trommel 1 5 115 STP_2 Hydrocyclones 3 5 97 STP_3 Dewatering screen 3 5 109 STP_4 Desanding pumps 3 5 108 STP_5 Desilting pumps 3 5 109 STP_6A STP Conveyor 1 5 75 per meter STP_6B Conveyor dropping zone 1 5 88 STP_7 SP pump 10/8 EM + motor 132kW 9 1.5 75 STP_8 Filter press feeding pump 5 1.5 83 STP_9 Filter press inflating pump 5 1.5 74 STP_10 Filter press filtrate pump 5 1.5 33 STP_11 Filter press demoulding 5 1.5 26 STP_12 Filter press room (12FP) 1 1.5 85 Note: Where available, the octave band sound power levels are for equipment have been sourced from BS5228-1.

1.4.2 Methodology The calculation method set out in International Standard: ISO 9613-2: 1996(E): ‘Acoustics - Attenuation of sound during propagation outdoors - Part 2: General method of calculation’ enables the prediction of noise levels in the community from sources of known sound emission and has been adopted for the noise modelling. Calculations have been undertaken for the 1/1 octave bands with centre frequencies between 31.5 Hz and 8 kHz.

The noise prediction method described in this part of the standard is general and is suitable for a wide range of engineering applications where the noise level outdoors is of interest. The noise source(s) may be moving or stationary and the method considers the following major mechanisms of noise attenuation: • geometrical divergence (also known as distance loss or geometric damping); • atmospheric absorption; • ground effect; • reflection from surfaces; and, • screening by obstacles.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 11 of 24

The method predicts noise levels under metrological conditions favourable to noise propagation from the sound source to the receiver, such as downwind propagation, or equivalently, propagation under a moderate ground-based temperature inversion as commonly occurs at night. Alternatively, the method can be corrected to predict the long-term average noise level over a period, often several months, which considers a variety of metrological conditions. However, calculation of the long-term average noise level requires statistical information on wind speed, wind direction and temperature gradients gathered over several years; this information is not available for this site and therefore downwind propagation to all receptors is assumed.

A number of environmental parameters can be set that affect the outcome of predictions in accordance with ISO 9613. The ground absorption is set to G=0.5 (partially absorptive) apart from within the STP compound where it is set to G=1 (reflective), the air temperature is set to 10°C and the relative humidity is set to 70%.

The CadnaA noise model is available for review if requested.

1.4.3 Predicted noise levels The predicted noise levels from the STP at nearby noise sensitive receptors are presented below. Like most construction noise, it is expected that the noise from the STP will have some noticeable acoustic characteristics, specifically tonality (due to the large number of pumps and screens) and to a lesser degree impulsivity (from material landing in the conveyor drop zone). It is not expected to be intermittent as the process is continuous and most major noise sources will operate continuously. The predicted specific noise level, acoustic character corrections and resulting rating levels are presented below.

Table 4.2 Predicted specific noise levels and rating levels.

Receptor Specific Acoustic Character Correction Rating Noise Level, dB Level, dB Tonality Impulsivity Intermittency LAr,Tr LAeq,T

Welsh Road Lock 38.3 4 3 0 45.3 Cottage Wood Farm 39.0 4 3 0 46.0 Woodmeadow Farm 36.4 4 3 0 43.4

1.5 Assessment of Impact

1.5.1 Initial estimate of impact An initial estimate of the impact for the STP operation at night is made by subtracting the measured background sound level from the predicted rating level, as detailed in Table 5.1 below.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 12 of 24

Table 5.3 Initial estimate of impact at night

Results Welsh Road Lock Wood Farm Woodmeadow Cottage Farm Representative night-time 31 31 31 background sound level, dB LA90,15 min Predicted Rating Level, 48.2 48.2 47.2 dB LAr,Tr Difference between 17.2 17.2 16.2 background sound level and rating level Initial estimate of impact Significant adverse Significant adverse Significant adverse

1.5.2 Modification for context BS 4142 requires that where the initial estimate of the impact needs to be modified due to the context, all pertinent factors should be taken into consideration. This section of the assessment sets out the factors which are considered to modify the initial estimate of impact.

1.5.2.1 Absolute level of sound BS4142 states that “Where background sound levels and rating levels are low, absolute levels might be as, or more, relevant than the margin by which the rating level exceeds the background. This is especially true at night”.

The specific noise levels are predicted to be below 40 dB Lnight,outside at all receptors. This is relevant as 40 dB Lnight,outside is the night noise guideline (NNG) for Europe recommended by the World Health Organisation. This level is the Lowest Observable Adverse Effect Level (LOAEL) for health effects at night, and is set at a level intended to prevent subclinical adverse health effects. Whilst the NNG is not specifically applicable to noise from construction sites, it is in part based on research into aircraft nose which consists of distinct noise events with significant acoustic character. Both the specific noise level and the rating level are well below the WHO Interim target (IT) for night- time noise of 55 dB Lnight,outside. This threshold is recommended by the WHO for situations where the achievement of NNG “is not feasible in the short run for various reasons”. This noise level (as a daily not an annual average) has been adopted by HS2 as the Significant Observable Adverse Effect Level (SOAEL) for the assessment of construction noise at night.

The low absolute level of the specific noise level indicates that subclinical adverse health effects would not be expected due to the operation of the STP; this is a strong indicator that a significant adverse impact will not occur.

1.5.2.2 Other noise sources The STP is only one part of a complex construction site which will typically operate on a 24/7 basis. There will be other noise from the following activities: • Wider site works (fabrication, concrete pours etc.)

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 13 of 24

• Daily site mobilisation and demobilisation (shoulder hours) • Major bulk earthworks comprising cut to fill and large landscaped fill areas (core hours: Monday-Friday 08:00-18:00, Saturday 08:00-13:00) • Boring the twin tunnels using the tunnel boring machine (24/7) • Operation of the grout batching plant (24/7) • Operation of the Wastewater Treatment Plant (24/7)

While these noise sources are not operating at present, it is expected that the background sound level (to some extent) and the residual sound level (to a much greater extent) will both increase once they commence. These noise sources will have tonal, intermittent and impulsive acoustic character and are likely to making any acoustic characteristics of the STP less perceptible, which would effectively reduce the rating level. It may also be the case that the STP is not the dominant night-time noise source on the construction site due to the contributions of the other activities, some of which will be closer to the receptors.

1.5.2.3 Validity of assessment methodology Slurry from the STP provides the hydrostatic pressure behind the cutter face that is necessary for the TBM to bore the twin tunnels, and the STP is an integral part of the tunnelling construction equipment.

The BS4142 noise assessment methodology is specifically for rating and assessing industrial and commercial sound’ as the title suggests. Section 1.3(d) of BS 4142 states that standard “… is not intended to be applied to the rating and assessment of sound from: …. d) construction and demolition;”.

Conversely, BS 5228-1:2009 ‘Code of practice for noise and vibration control on construction and open sites – Part 1: Noise’ (‘BS 5228’ for brevity) considers the “… need for the protection against noise and vibration of persons living and working in the vicinity of, and those working on, construction and open sites” (‘open sites’ refers to mineral extraction). BS 5228 notes that “Construction and demolition works can pose different noise control problems compared with most other types of industrial activity for the following reasons:

• they are mainly carried out in the open; • they are of temporary duration although they can cause great disturbance while they last; • the noise they make arises from many different activities and kinds of plant, and its intensity and character can vary greatly at different phases of the work; and • the sites cannot be excluded by planning control, as factories can, from areas that are sensitive to noise.”

All of the bullet points quoted from BS 5228 above apply to the operation of the STP.

Annex E to BS 5228 provides three assessment methods which may be used to identify the likely significance of noise from construction activity. The category ‘ABC’ methodology set out in Annex E was adopted as the basis of the construction noise assessments conducted for the HS2 Environmental Statement which supported the passage of the HS2 Phase 1 Hybrid Bill through

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 14 of 24

Document Title: Long Itchington Wood North Portal - Slurry Treatment Plant - Noise Impact Assessment Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-REP-NS01_NL01- 000001 Revision: P01/C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only parliament to Royal Assent. Noise from the tunnel boring machine and supporting equipment was assessed at the three receptors that this NIA considers using the methodology set out in the Environmental Statement which is based on the BS5228 ‘ABC’ approach.

The BS5228 category ‘ABC’ methodology also underpins the construction noise and vibration assurances made by the Secretary of State in the Code of Construction Practice and the associated HS2 Information Paper E23. It should be noted that BS 5228 is given the legal status of a ‘Code of Practice’ in relation to construction noise and vibration by section 71 of the Control of Pollution Act 1974 and due consideration must be given to the Best Practical Means of noise control set out in BS 5228 in relation to statutory noise nuisance under section 79 of the Environmental Protection Act 1990.

In summary, the method adopted for assessing noise from HS2 construction activities by the Secretary of State is based on BS 5228 and the thresholds of significance adopted for HS2 construction noise were debated by Parliament before Royal Ascent. As BS 4142 is not intended to be applied to the rating and assessment of sound from construction, BBV remain of the opinion that it is unsuitable for assessing the potential significance of construction noise.

1.5.3 Modified impact

Considering (1) the low ambient (specific plus residual) noise levels, which are predicted to be below the WHO Night Noise Guideline (taken to be the Lowest Observable Adverse Effect Level) and Interim Target levels, and (2) the anticipated increase in ambient and background sound levels at the nearby receptors once tunnelling works begin, it concluded that the noise contribution from the STP alone is unlikely to lead to an adverse noise effect at the nearby residences.

1.6 Uncertainty ISO 9613-2:1996 provides an estimate of accuracy for broadband noise predictions using this method; where the mean height of the source and receiver is between 0 and 5m above ground level, and the intervening distance is less than 1km the estimated accuracy is ±3dB. There is no stated bias in relation to over- or under- predicting noise levels using this method, however the conservative settings for ground attenuation and environmental variables will tend to increase the noise predictions.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 15 of 24

2 NOISE & VIBRATION MANAGEMENT PLAN All BBV construction works for HS2 contracts N1 are undertaken accordance with the “N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan” (document number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001- 000006). This Noise and Vibration Management Plan (NVMP) is applicable to all construction activities undertaken by the Balfour Beatty VINCI Joint Venture (BBV) and its supply chain on the Main Works Civils Contracts (MWCC) for Sectors N1 & N2.

The NVMP details how the general control measures and the standards to which the nominated undertaker and its contractors are held to by the HS2 Code of Construction Practice will be implemented in practice. The development of a NVMP is a robust process; the NVMP is a living document that is not a static and will be regularly updated following comments from HS2 and other stakeholders, although the main commitments will not change as these are required by the Code of Construction Practice.

The NVMP applies to all construction (and construction related) activities at the Long Itchington Wood North Portal site, including but not limited to the operation of the STP. The current NVMP is included at Appendix C but key points are summarised below:

• The NVMP ensures that where noise from the construction is expected or found to exceed the levels set out in Table 5 of Appendix B to HS2 Information Paper E23, noise insulation (and temporary re-housing) will be offered to avoid construction noise giving rise to significant adverse effects on health and quality of life. The noise insulation threshold at night is a façade- incident noise level of 55 dB LAeq,1-hour which corresponds to a free-field level of 52 dB LAeq,1-hour. Specific eligibility for noise insulation (and temporary re-housing) is explained in Appendix B of HS2 Information Paper E23. • Continuous noise monitoring using the equipment set out in section 1.3 of this noise impact assessment is already installed and operational at a free-field location near Woodmeadow Farm. Continuous weather monitoring is also being undertaken within the site boundary, close to the office cabins. The monitoring equipment meets the requirements set out in Section 6 of the NVMP, is inspected and calibrated in accordance with Section 6.5 of the NVMP, and is connected to a web based portal that provides access to current and historic results. The web portal also enables SMS/email alerts based on a wide combination of noise descriptor, noise level, duration of noise event, and time of day/week criteria to be set. This noise monitoring will continue throughout the entire operational period of the STP. • The hourly noise monitoring data is reported to HS2 on a monthly basis, and provides a record of whether the noise level or temporal criteria associated with noise insulation (and temporary rehousing) is exceeded at the receptor. The data is aggregated into reports by HS2 that are then shared with the relevant local authorities.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 16 of 24

Appendix A Noise monitoring location sheet

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 17 of 24

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 18 of 24

Appendix B Equipment calibration certificates

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 19 of 24

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 20 of 24

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 21 of 24

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 22 of 24

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 23 of 24

Appendix C N1 and N2 Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 24 of 24

Contract No. 1MC08_09

N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan

Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006

Current Date Reason for Author Reviewed By Approved By Revision Approved Review C01 C. O’Connor W. Bowers E. Warner 23/01/2020 First Issue

Stakeholder Review Required (SRR) Purpose of SRR ☐ Yes – Please Specify Below ☐ Comment ☒ No ☐ Information Click or tap here to enter text. ☒ Approval

Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Review Required

Team Yes/No Name Position Date Quality Health & Safety Environment and Environment & Yes Ed Warner Sustainability Sustainability Manager Other teams if required

Revision History

Previous Date Author Reviewed By Approved By Reason for Review Revision Approved

Revision Summary

Paragraph Modified Details of Modification

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 2 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Contents

1 INTRODUCTION 4 1.1 Scope 4 1.2 Purpose 4 2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 5 2.1 High Speed Rail (London – West Midlands) Act 2017 5 2.2 Legislation 7 2.3 Standards 8 2.4 The BBV Way 8 3 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 9 3.1 Abbreviations 9 3.2 Topic Specific Definitions 10 4 RESPONSIBILITIES 11 4.1 RACI (Responsible – Accountable – Consulted - Informed) 14 5 NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL MEASURES 15 5.1 Noise and Vibration Management 16 5.2 Risk Assessment for Low Risk Sites (Statement of Intent) 16 5.3 Section 61 Prior Consent 17 5.4 Noise Insulation and Temporary Re-housing 20 5.5 Best Practicable Means (BPM) 22 6 MEASUREMENT AND MONITORING 22 6.1 Specification of Monitoring Noise Equipment 22 6.2 Specification of Monitoring Vibration Equipment 23 6.3 Installation of Unattended Monitoring Equipment 23 6.4 Baseline Monitoring 24 6.5 Maintenance of monitoring equipment 24 6.6 Web Based Noise and Vibration Monitoring Alerts System 24 7 REPORTING 25 7.1 Noise and Vibration Reporting 25 7.2 Incidents 26 7.3 Complaints 26 APPENDIX A BEST PRACTICABLE MEANS (BPM) 28

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 3 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Scope This Noise and Vibration Management Plan (NVMP) is applicable to all activities undertaken by the Balfour Beatty VINCI Joint Venture (BBV) and its supply chain on the Main Works Civils Contracts (MWCC) for Sectors N1 & N2, project references [1MC08] and [1MC09] for the provision of Design and Construction in accordance with the requirements of the contract.

This NVMP details how noise and vibration will be managed on the project by BBV and its supply chain throughout the N1 & N2. This plan, together with the processes included in the BBV Way and any associated documents listed in section 2, will ensure compliance with statutory and regulatory requirements, in addition to the Code of Construction Practice (CoCP) and the HS2 Environmental Minimum Requirements (EMR).

This plan should be read in conjunction with the documents listed in Table 1 in section 2.1.

Project background and description are detailed in the Project Execution Plan (1MC08-BBV-PM-PLN- N001-000001).

1.2 Purpose The purpose of this document is to present the methodology for undertaking construction noise and vibration monitoring during the construction of the Area North section of the Main Works Civils Contract (MWCC) of the High Speed 2 (HS2) rail project.

This NVMP contains information on the procedures that BBV and its supply chain will follow to manage, control and report on construction noise and vibration, for the MWCC N1 and N2 contract areas, in accordance with relevant legislation, regulations and HS2 Ltd Project Requirements Specification.

This management plan will define: • roles and responsibilities at project and site-specific levels; • the approach to construction noise and vibration low risk assessment (Statement of Intent); • Section 61 (CoPA 1974) consent process; • noise and vibration control measures; • noise & vibration monitoring; • complaint and incident procedures; • communication arrangements; and • reporting requirements.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 4 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 2.1 High Speed Rail (London – West Midlands) Act 2017 On 23 February 2017, Royal Assent was granted for Phase One of HS2. The High Speed Two Bill is now an Act of Parliament, including Environmental Minimum Requirements (EMRs).

Table 1 refers to the HS2 related documents that support this management plan.

Table 2-1 Reference documents

Number Reference Title Document Number / Link High Speed Rail (London - West http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2017/7 1. Midlands) Act 2017 /contents/enacted Annex 1: HS2 Environmental Minimum LWM-HS2-EV-STA-000-000107 (0.3) 2. Requirements: Code of Construction Practice Annex 2: HS2 Environmental Minimum HS2-HS2-EV-STD-000-000003 (0.3) 3. Requirements: Planning Memorandum Annex 3: HS2 Environmental Minimum HS2-HS2-EV-STD-000-000001 (0.3) 4. Requirements: Heritage Memorandum Annex 4: HS2 Environmental Minimum HS2-HS2-EV-STD-000-000004 (0.3) 5. Requirements: Environmental Memorandum Register of Undertakings and https://www.gov.uk/government/publicatio 6. Assurances (including change log) ns/hs2-phase-2a-register-of-undertakings- and-assurances Construction noise and vibration 7. HS2-HS2-EV-TEM-000-000024 monitoring - monthly report

8. E20: Control of airborne noise LWM-HS2-HY-PPR-000-000054 (0.3) E21: Control of ground-borne noise and 9. vibration LWM-HS2-HY-PPR-000-000055 (0.3) Information Paper - E23: Control of 10. Construction Noise and Vibration LWM-HS2-HY-PPR-000-000057 (0.3) Technical Standard – Sound, Noise and 11. Vibration Instrumentation and Monitoring HS2-HS2-EN-STD-000-000009 (0.4)

Technical Standard – Prediction of HS2-HS2-EN-STD-000-000001 (0.4) 12. airborne noise, ground-borne noise and vibration from construction Technical Standard – Sound, Noise and 13. Vibration Instrumentation and Monitoring HS2-HS2-EN-STD-000-000009 (0.4)

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 5 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Number Reference Title Document Number / Link CFA Sound, Noise and Vibration https://www.gov.uk/government/publicatio Baseline Reports ns/hs2-phase-one-environmental- 14. statement-volume-5-sound-noise-and- vibration/hs2-phase-one-environmental- statement-volume-5-sound-noise-and- vibration 15. Section 61 Guidance Document HS2-HS2-EV-GDE-000-000009 (0.2)

The HS2 Phase One Environmental Statements CFA Sound, Noise and Vibration Baseline Reports (number 12 in Table 1), identify the predicted environmental effects of the HS2 scheme. Volume 5 technical appendices include: • Baseline reports; • Construction assessment reports; and • Operational assessment reports.

The Supplementary Environmental Statement and Additional Provisions 2 documentation must be referred to in conjunction with the ES technical appendices. New baseline information along with changes in design and corrections to the main ES are included in the Supplementary Environmental Statement Additional Provisions (SES/AP) reports.

2.1.1 Environmental Minimum Requirements – General Principles The EMRs set out the high level environmental and sustainability commitments and are contained in the EMR General Principles document supported by a series of papers, see Table 1.

The EMR General Principles require that the controls to be implemented in delivering the scheme (including the EMRs, powers contained in the Act and Undertakings) will ensure that impacts which have been assessed in the ES will not be exceeded. If the significant adverse impacts identified in the ES are likely to be exceeded, all reasonable steps will be taken to minimise or eliminate those additional impacts.

2.1.2 Code of Construction Practice (CoCP) The Code of Construction Practice (CoCP) sets out the general control measures to be implemented and the standards to which the nominated undertaker and its contractors will comply in delivering the scheme. Its aim is to ensure that likely significant construction effects that are reported in the Environmental Statement will either be avoided or mitigated. BBV and its supply chain will adopt appropriate measures to design and construct the scheme so that noise and vibration from the construction does not give rise to adverse effects, as identified in the HS2 Environmental Statement (ES). Where reasonably practicable, environmental mitigation will be integrated within the design and implemented during the works.

The general control measures and monitoring arrangements for noise and vibration identified in the CoCP have been considered in the development of this NVMP and, where appropriate, are incorporated in section 5.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 6 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Site specific controls are to be developed and agreed with local authorities and other stakeholders and will be captured in site specific Construction Environmental Management Plans (CEMPs) where site specific control measures, as part of Section 61 consents or U&As, will be taken into consideration.

2.1.3 Information Papers In addition to the EMRs, Information Papers explain the project commitments and how they will be applied to the design and construction of the scheme. It also provides information about the HS2 scheme, the powers contained in the Act and how particular decisions have been reached. For noise and vibration with regard to N1 and N2, Information Paper E23 should be consulted, see Number 8 in Table 1.

2.1.4 Technical Standards Various Technical Standards (TS) and guidance documents have been developed by HS2, which prescribe the methodologies, processes or specifications which the contractor shall comply with in carrying out the works and implementing the various control measures. See numbers 9-11 in Table 1 above for the relevant noise and vibration TS references.

2.1.5 HS2 Register of Undertakings and Assurances The HS2 Register of Undertakings and Assurances (Number 6, Table 1 above) details all commitments offered throughout the parliamentary process for the High-Speed Rail (London - West Midlands) Bill up until Royal Assent.

Requirements or mitigations needed to meet applicable Undertakings and Assurances will be set out separately to this NVMP in the site specific EMR Compliance Notes and CEMPs and will be briefed to site teams and contractors, to ensure they are met.

Evidence of compliance against Undertakings and Assurances will be submitted by BBV to HS2 Ltd through site specific EMR Compliance Notes and the monthly noise & vibration and PMU reporting. N1 and N2 noise and vibration related U&As are captured in Appendix B.

2.2 Legislation The applicable legislation to noise and vibration control are as follows: • The Control of Noise (Code of Practice for Construction and Open Sites) (England) Order 2015; • Control of Pollution Act, 1974; • Environmental Protection Act, 1990; • The Noise Insulation (Railways and Other Guided Transport Systems) Regulations, 1996; and • High Speed Rail (London – West Midlands) Act, 2017.

Refer to the N1 N2 Environmental Legislation Register, document reference 1MC08_09-IBBV-EV- REG-N0001-000003, for legal and other requirements associated with the management of construction noise and vibration and the disapplication and requirements under the HS2 (London – West Midlands) Act 2017.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 7 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

2.2.1 Control of Pollution Act 1974 (CoPA) The Control of Pollution Act (CoPA) gives Local Authorities (LAs) powers for controlling noise and vibration from construction sites and other similar works. These powers may be exercised either prior to, or during the works.

BBV will obtain prior consent from the relevant local authorities under Section 61 of the CoPA. This will enable BBV and its contractors to carry out approved construction activities.

A Section 61 describes the plant, methodology, location of construction work, hours of work, best practicable means and predicts construction noise levels for the works. This provides a defence against prosecution under Section 60 of the Act, providing that the BBV and its contractors are working within the approved consent conditions.

Best Practicable Means (BPM) will be applied during construction works to reduce noise and vibration impacts as far as is reasonably practicable. If construction work has taken place without employing BPM to control noise, this can lead to a Section 60 abatement or improvement notice being served.

Alternatively, for low noise risk activities and areas a Statement of Intent (SOI) approach may be agreed with the LA.

2.2.2 Consents and Licencing All proposed noise monitoring locations will be submitted to HS2 for acceptance so that agreements can be obtained from local authorities and any private asset holders.

The installation of equipment for all proposed monitoring locations will not be undertaken until all written consents and agreements are in place and communicated accordingly.

2.3 Standards The following British Standards contain guideline threshold levels that have been incorporated into the HS2 key reference documents and have been included below for information only.

• BS5228-1: 2009+A1:2014 – Noise and vibration control on construction and open sites: Part 1 – Noise. • BS5228-2: 2009+A1:2014 – Noise and vibration control on construction and open sites: Part 2 – Vibration. • BS8233: 2014 – Guidance on sound insulation and noise reduction in buildings. British Standards Institution. • BS6472-1:2008 – Evaluation of human exposure to vibration. British Standards Institution. • BS7385-2: 1993 – Evaluation and measurement for vibration in buildings: Part 2 – Guide to damage levels from groundborne vibration.

2.4 The BBV Way The BBV Way is the Balfour Beatty VINCI Business Management System for the project. It contains the processes that we will use to manage the project. Further details on The BBV Way can be found

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 8 of 32

3 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 3.1 Abbreviations AP Additional Provisions of the Environmental Statement BBV Balfour Beatty VINCI BPM Best practicable means BS British Standard CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan CoCP Code of Construction Practice CoPA Control of Pollution Act DJV Design Joint Venture EHO Environmental Health Officer EMRs Environmental Minimum Requirements EMP Environmental Management Plan ES Environmental Statement EWC Enabling Works Contractor EWC Early Works Contract GPCN General Principle Compliance Notes HORACE HS2 On-line incident reporting system HS2 High Speed Two Limited, also referred to as “HS2” or “EMPLOYER” ITT Invitation to Tender LA Local authority LEMP Local Environmental Management Plan MWCC Main Works Construction Contract NVMP Noise and Vibration Management Plan NI Noise Insulation PQQ Pre-Qualification Questionnaire RAMS Risk Assessment Method Statement S61 Section 61 of the Control of Pollution Act 1974 SES Supplementary Environmental Statement SOI Statement of Intent for low noise and vibration risk sites TBT Tool Box Talk

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 9 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

TRH Temporary re-housing TS Technical Standard U&As Undertakings and Assurances

3.2 Topic Specific Definitions LAmax This is the maximum noise level recorded over the measurement period.

LAeq, T This is the “equivalent continuous A-weighted sound pressure level, in decibels”, and is defined in British Standard BS 7445 as the “value of the A- weighted sound pressure level of a continuous, steady sound that, within a specified time interval, T, has the same mean square sound pressure level as a sound under consideration whose level varies with time”.

LA90, T The A-weighed sound pressure level that is exceeded for 90% of the measurement period, T. This is commonly used as the ‘Background Sound Level’ for assessing the effects of industrial noise in the UK.

LA10, T The A-weighed sound pressure level that is exceeded for 10% of the measurement period, T. This is commonly used for the assessment of traffic noise. PPV Peak Particle Velocity - Instantaneous maximum velocity reached by a vibrating element as it oscillates about its rest position. VDV Vibration Dose Value - Measurement of the cumulative vibration dose, based on vibration level and duration, over a specified period of time. VDV is utilised to assess the human response to vibration. SOAEL Significant Observed Adverse Effect Level - this is the level above which significant adverse effects on health and quality of life occur LOAEL Lowest Observed Adverse Effect Level - this is the level above which adverse effects on health and quality of life can be detected

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 10 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

4 RESPONSIBILITIES The BBV organisational structure is critical to the delivery of the noise and vibration management requirements of the MWCC. The structure will be as follows:

• Environmental & Sustainability Manager; • Area Environmental Managers and Advisors; • Construction Site Teams; • Environmental Consents Manager; and • Noise and Vibration Specialist.

In addition to the BBV Structure and Responsibilities that are detailed in Section 4 of the BBV EMP, the noise and vibration management roles are summarised below in Table 2.

Table 4-1 Noise & Vibration Roles and Responsibilities

Reference Title Document Number BBV Environment − Develop scopes of works, Pre-Qualification Questionnaire (PQQ) and & Sustainability Invitation to Tender (ITT) questionnaires and resource the noise and Manager vibration lead. − Review/QA and agree scope of works within noise and vibration deliverables prior to submission to HS2. − Ensure the appointed Noise and Vibration specialist meets the appropriate competencies and can meet the resourcing needs to deliver contract topic requirements. − Lead, support and advise the construction team to ensure they have the required training, competences and resources and that they are suitably deployed for the successful implementation of the noise and vibration monitoring Plan. − Organise noise and vibration audits across N1 and N2. − Sharing of lesson learned, good practice and noise and vibration related innovations with other HS2 contracts.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 11 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Reference Title Document Number Area − Assurance activities such as audit and inspection of work sites (for Environmental CoCP, EMR, EMP, HS2 Technical Standards and other control plan Manager conformance). − Facilitate the investigation of complaints, incidents or exceedances. Ensure closeout within 5 working days (using the HS2 On-line incident reporting system (HORACE)). − Provide support and direction to Stakeholder Manager to ensure compliance with Undertakings and Assurances is achieved. − Undertake site inspections to ensure BPM is being implemented, as detailed in the Section 61 consent. − Review monitoring data as provided by the Noise and Vibration Specialist. − Investigation of any complaints or incidents and investigate any exceedances. − Provide training to the construction team and workforce as required. − Attend site meetings. Construction − Responsible for providing support to Construction Site Teams and Environmental Area Environmental Manager to ensure compliance with BPM, Advisor environmental legal and contractual requirements. − Communication of the noise and vibration management and monitoring related requirements in the CoCP and HS2 Technical Standards to construction teams. − Assist Area Environmental Manager in assurance activities such as audit and inspection of work sites (for CoCP, EMR, EMP, HS2 Technical Standards and other control plan conformance). − Support Noise and Vibration Specialist with attended monitoring, as required, to demonstrate compliance with consented Section 61 applications. − Undertake inspections to ensure BPM is being implemented and identify any environmental issues to reduce risks. − Support site meetings as required.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 12 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Reference Title Document Number Construction Site − Collaborate with the Environmental Team on the development of work Team methodologies and mitigation in accordance with BPM to control noise and vibration. − Implementation of control measures in accordance with Section 61 consent and U&A requirements. − Responsible for compiling and complying with Risk Assessment Method Statements (RAMS) Environmental Control Plans and instructions given by supervision in relation to the work they are undertaking and for reporting and responding to any noise and vibration or other environmental incident. − Responsible for communicating the noise and vibration monitoring requirements to subcontractors and the effective management of the works in line with the Noise and Vibration Monitoring Plan and consent requirements outlined within each of the appropriate local authority Section 61 Consents. − Lead on the investigation of any exceedances of Section 61 consent or Trigger Action Levels and report to the local authority/HS2. − Attend site inspections and meetings with Noise & Vibration Specialist and Area Environmental Manager/Advisor as required. − Daily records of operations undertaken, together with noise and vibration conditions. − Provide site supervision / support through site inspections, identification and delivery of environmental tool box talks (TBTs). Environmental − Manage consents applications. Consents Manager − Update the consents applications methods and processes where appropriate. − Identify the need for Section 61 consents across the project. − Managing the Section 61 application process and advising BBV personnel to ensure compliance with Section 61 consents and contractual requirements. − Liaise with Area Environmental Manager and Noise and Vibration Specialist.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 13 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Reference Title Document Number Noise and − Produce, update and ensure implementation of the Noise and Vibration Specialist Vibration Management and Monitoring Plans. − Sharing of lesson learned, good practice and noise and vibration related innovations with the BBV Environment & Sustainability Manager and other MWCC Area North sites. − Manage the installation of permanent monitoring equipment (either oversee the adoption of equipment from the Enabling Works Contractor (EWC) or installation of additional monitoring equipment). − Responsible for completion of weekly monitoring reports to the Area Environmental Manager and monthly monitoring reporting to HS2. − Production of vibration risk assessments and advise on noise insulation (NI) or temporary re-housing (TRH) as required. − Advise and instruct construction teams on how to meet noise and vibration requirements, including Section 61 consents. − Assist the Environmental Consents Manager with producing Section 61 applications, dispensations and variations. − Responsibility to undertake or train competent persons to carry out attended monitoring of noise and vibration to demonstrate compliance with consented Section 61 applications. BPM checks will be carried out during attended monitoring. − Support Environmental Advisors with ensuring noise and vibration compliance. − Provide technical support on noise and vibration issues. − Assist in the investigation of any complaints or incidents as required.

4.1 RACI (Responsible – Accountable – Consulted - Informed) All parties involved in delivering the MWCC works for BBV have a duty to protect receptors from the noise and vibration impacts associated with the construction phase. Responsibility, accountability, consultation and information requirements for BBV is detailed in Table 3 below.

Table 4-2 BBV RACI

Role Accountable Responsible Consulted Information Project Director ✓ HSQE Director ✓ Environment and ✓ ✓ Sustainability Manager Sub Lot Project Managers ✓ ✓ Noise and Vibration ✓ Specialist

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 14 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Role Accountable Responsible Consulted Information Area Environmental ✓ ✓ Manager & Advisor

Consents Manager ✓ ✓ Logistics Manager ✓ ✓ Traffic Manager ✓ ✓ Plant and Materials Buyer ✓ ✓ Commercial / procurement ✓ ✓ representative Community Engagement ✓ ✓ Manager Engineers / Agents / Works / ✓ ✓ ✓ Section Managers Site Supervisors ✓ ✓ Site Operatives ✓ ✓ Subcontractor ✓ ✓ ✓

5 NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL MEASURES To manage and comply with statutory, regulatory and HS2 Ltd’s noise and vibration requirements, pre-construction assessments will be undertaken to establish the potential environmental impacts of the N1 and N2 MWCC works in relation to the sensitivity of the surrounding areas. Identified impacts will enable site specific control measures, in line with Best Practicable Means (BPM), to be implemented to minimise noise and vibration during pre-construction phase of the works.

To mitigate and understand the noise and vibration impact of the proposed works for MWCC and to effectively implement controls stated in the EMR, a Noise and Vibration Specialist with relevant competences and resources, will be appointed. The Noise and Vibration Specialist will be required to undertake or to coordinate delivery of noise and vibration risk assessments for all of N1 and N2 works that require a prior consent under Section 61 of the CoPA (unless otherwise agreed for low risk works). Site conditions, receptors and construction activities will determine whether the proposed works will result in low, medium or high-risk sites.

Control measure checks to be incorporated at the pre-construction and construction phase for the management of noise and vibration are set out below:

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 15 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

• Pre-construction: - Competencies and resourcing; - Vibration risk assessment; - Section 61 consent (or Statement of Intent for low risk works); - Best Practicable Means; - Noise insulation and temporary re-housing assessment; and - Communication with LA / community engagement.

• Construction: - Inspections and audit; - Noise and vibration monitoring and reporting; - Complaint and incident management; and - Communication with LA / community engagement and notification.

5.1 Noise and Vibration Management 5.1.1 Management BBV will produce a site-specific Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) which will identify the noise and vibration constraints from the ES, SES/AP documents, as well as results of any environmental surveys or assessments completed prior to handover from the EWC. Noise and vibration mitigation will be assessed and revised, if required, during the Detailed Design stage for each area within N1 and N2. BBV and its supply chain will be responsible for the implementation of the site-specific CEMP, ensuring that the required noise and vibration monitoring and mitigation is in place and compliance with U&As and EMRs by use of the BBV EMR Compliance Note tool. Document reference to the EMR Compliance Note will be provided in further revisions of this NVMP.

Any measurement of noise and vibration, including the monitoring regime proposed by the Noise and Vibration Specialist for N1 and N2, will be in full consultation with the relevant LA. Monitoring locations that have been identified in the ES will be discussed and, if required, revised and submitted along with other supplementary information to the Statement of Intent (see section 5.2) or Section 61 application (see section 5.3).

5.1.2 Local Environmental Management Plans Local Environmental Management Plans (LEMPs) outline specific control measures for LAs, including those required for noise and vibration, especially with regard to sensitive receptors.

LEMPs identify locations that may be potentially affected by noise and vibration, from surface construction activity. Site specific CEMPs will reference the information contained in the relevant LEMP so these are briefed out to the site teams.

5.2 Statement of Intent Noise and Vibration Risk Assessment for Low Risk Sites The Statement of Intent (SOI) is part of a risk assessed approach in accordance with the method set out in the London Good Practice Guide: Noise & Vibration Control for Demolition and Construction. Where low risk works or sites are agreed, a SOI for small sites shall be completed and submitted to

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 16 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only the LA. See Appendix B for a completed sample SOI and Table 1 for HS2’s Section 61 Guidance Document for further information and the SOI template.

Where a SOI has been identified, BBV will undertake early engagement with the relevant LA to discuss the SOI submission on noise and vibration matters, including advance discussion of proposed works, methodologies, monitoring requirements and mitigation measures.

For the production of a Statement of Intent, the following information is required: • A summary of what the works will involve; • Length of time on site; • Equipment that will be left on site; • Details of any intrusive work; • The number of people that will be on site; • Receptor noise predictions where appropriate; and • A map of the area/working area.

Where it is agreed with the LA that a SOI is appropriate for the works, BBV will issue the document to the LA at least 10 working days in advance of works commencing on site. If works are being undertaken by the BBV Supply Chain, the required information must be provided to BBV at least 30 working days prior to commencing works on site.

If the nature of works changes, such as working times, methodology or plant in use, the LA must be informed and a revised SOI must have to be prepared, if requested.

The SOI is only intended for sites that have been deemed as Low Risk and does not give prior approval for works under Section 61. If a complaint is received or works change from that given in the SOI and the changes have not been communicated to the relevant LA, the site can be served notice under Section 60 of CoPA 1974 and works may be conditioned by the LA.

5.3 Section 61 Prior Consent BBV will obtain prior consent from the relevant LA under Section 61 of the CoPA for all construction and engineering works that fall within the scope of section 60(1) of CoPA.

In preparing and submitting a Section 61 consent application, or any dispensations, variations or notification of overrun or emergency works, BBV will reference the processes and guidance requirements of the HS2 Phase 1 Section 61 Guidance Document (Table 1), including timescales for preparation and submission of documentation and consultation with both HS2 and the LA.

Submission of Section 61 applications will be via BBV’s Noise and Vibration Specialist and the relevant LA who have a statutory 28-day determination period. BBV and its Contractors will implement the terms of any consent and comply with the conditions set out by the LA.

Cumulative effects resulting from multiple contractors working in the same area are to be identified in advance by BBV and communicated to the LA and included in the noise modelling of the Section 61

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 17 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only consent prior to submission. BBV Contractors working in the same area will be responsible for re- assessing noise and vibration impacts, collaborating in order to remove cumulative impacts (e.g. planning deliveries and noisy works at alternate times where possible) and / or putting in place control measures to reduce the risk of cumulative noise and vibration impacts. Cumulative effect control measures will be revised in this plan when approved by the appointed Noise and Vibration Specialist.

5.3.1 Working Hours Core working hours, as specified in the CoPA 1974 and HS2 CoCP are:

Monday to Friday 08:00 to 18:00 Saturday 08:00 to 13:00

5.3.1.1 Start-up and close down periods Shoulder periods to maintain the core working hours; a period of up to one hour before core working hours (07:00 to 08:00 - Monday to Saturday) and up to one hour after core working hours (18:00 to 19:00 - Monday to Friday and 13:00 to 14:00 Saturday) for start-up and close down of activities.

Activities to be undertaken during this period may include but are not be limited to: • Deliveries to and from site; • Loading/unloading; • Arrival and departure of workforce and staff at site and movement to and from place of work; • General refuelling; • Site inspections; • Site clean-up; • Site maintenance; and • Maintenance and checking of plant and machinery.

5.3.1.2 Additional working hours Any additional workings hours or out of hours working, will be identified within the Section 61 application to the LA for prior consideration and approval.

Certain operations such as earthworks are season and weather dependent. In these instances, BBV will seek to extend the core working hours and/or days for such operations to take advantage of daylight hours, with the consent of the relevant LA.

5.3.2 Dispensation Where planned work has to be rescheduled from the original programme as given in the application, to require operations outside the terms of the approved S.61 consent, BBV Noise and Vibration Specialist will apply to the relevant LA for a Dispensation, at least 14 days in advance of the proposed operation.

The application will include the following information: • Full details of the operation in question;

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 18 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

• Reasons why the operation cannot be carried out within the terms of the consent; • Proposed working hours; • Details of plant to be used; • Predicted noise and vibration levels at relevant locations; and • Proposed steps taken to reduce noise and/or vibration to a minimum.

The Dispensation proforma must be used and can be found in the HS2 Phase 1 Section 61 Procedure Document. See Table 1 for HS2’s Section 61 Guidance Document for further information and the Dispensation template. In addition, a noise assessment for the predicted noise output from the operation requiring dispensation, may be required by the LA.

Where Dispensation is required for works of a critical nature for reasons not envisaged and beyond the control of the site team (such as key activities likely to delay other key activities) written application shall be made where practicable at least 48 hours in advance and at least 7 days in advance, if the works are expected to last for a period of 5 days or more.

5.3.3 Variation Where consented works require a Variation as work progresses, such that a rescheduling of works is of a critical nature, and/or additional activities, not included in the original Section 61 application, are required, and in both cases do not materially affect the predicted noise or vibration levels, the BBV Noise and Vibration Specialist will apply for a Variation to the Section 61 consent.

Rescheduling relates to work of a critical nature for reasons not envisaged and beyond the control of the site team (such as key activities likely to delay other key activities).

Variation applications will be made where practicable at least 7 days ahead of the start of the works using the Variation proforma that can be found in the HS2 Phase 1 Section 61 Procedure Document.

See Table 1 for HS2’s Section 61 Guidance Document for further information and the Variation template.

5.3.4 Overrun In circumstances when it is apparent that the pre-planned construction works, which are not covered by Dispensation or Variation, are going to run after Section 61 consented Core Hours of working, the LA must be notified via email using the agreed Notification of Overrun proforma in the HS2 Phase 1 Section 61 Procedure Document.

Unlike a Dispensation or Variation, an Overrun is not an approval process. If the LA subsequently determines that the Overrun was not for sound engineering or health and safety reasons, and could have been reasonably avoided, the matter can potentially be taken up as a breach of the Section 61 Consent.

5.3.5 Emergency Works In the event of construction works needing to be undertaken at very short notice, in response to an emergency situation, or where works if not completed, would be unsafe or detrimental to the

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 19 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only permanent works, then the LA shall be contacted as soon as is reasonably practicable via the nominated emergency contact number that will be in the CEMP.

The reason for the emergency, likely duration and site contact details will need to be reported. The Area Environmental Advisor and Area Environmental Manager must be contacted in the first instance to contact the LA directly to inform them of the emergency works.

Unlike a Dispensation or Variation, this is not an approval process. If the LA subsequently determines that the emergency work was not for sound engineering or health and safety reasons and could have been reasonably avoided, the matter can potentially be taken up as a breach of the relevant agreement or Section 61 consent that in place for the works.

5.4 Noise Insulation and Temporary Re-housing 5.4.1 Eligibility Eligibility and quantification criteria for noise insulation (NI), provision for additional noise mitigation and temporary re-housing (TRH), has been assessed in the HS2 Phase One SES and will be considered in further detail by the BBV Noise and Vibration Specialist.

Eligibility for NI and TRH, including consideration of special cases, is explained in HS2 document E23 Appendix B. The noise level for TRH is set 10dB higher than the Significant Observed Adverse Effect Level (SOAEL).

5.4.2 Identification Identification of NI, additional noise mitigation and TRH will be established by BBV following the outlines and measures contained within E23: Control of Construction Noise and Vibration, HS2 information papers and CoCP, Section 13 (paragraph 13.2.12). BBV Noise and Vibration Specialist will ensure that all properties with the potential to be impacted by the construction works has been considered and assessed.

In order to facilitate installation of NI prior to the commencement of works on site, qualification should be identified at least 6 months in advance of works or, where listed buildings may be concerned, at least 9 months in advance of works.

Information Paper E23, Appendix A details levels considered to the Lowest Observed Adverse Effect Level (LOAEL) and SOAEL. Where noise or vibration from the construction exceed the SOAEL set out in E23’sTable 1 and 3 of Appendix A, NI or temporary re-housing will be offered, with the aim that noise and vibration from the construction of the proposed scheme does not give rise to significant adverse effects on health and quality of life.

NI and TRH arrangements apply to private dwellings where predicted noise levels exceed the actual noise threshold for: • A period of 10 or more days of working in any 15 consecutive days during construction; or • For a total of 40 days or more in any 6 consecutive months during construction.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 20 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Where the actual noise is less than the predicted noise level, the works impact will be monitored via a noise field assessment as the work progresses.

If noise levels are higher than predicted, prolonged or exceed the thresholds, NI or TRH may be necessary. BBV Noise and Vibration Specialist will ensure that all properties with the potential to be impacted by the construction works has been considered and assessed.

5.4.3 Noise & Vibration Trigger Levels for Residential Properties Trigger levels summarised below for noise and vibration as stated in HS2 Information Paper E23.

Table 5-1 Noise – Thresholds for Noise Insulation/Temporary Re-housing

Day Time (hours) Averaging Noise Insulation Temporary re- Period (T) trigger level housing trigger LAeq,T (dB) * level LAeq,T (dB) * Monday to Friday 0700 – 0800 1 hour 70 80 0800 – 1800 10 hours 75 85 1800 – 1900 1 hour 70 80 1900 – 2200 1 hour 65 75 Saturday 0700 – 0800 1 hour 70 80 0800 – 1300 5 hours 75 85 1300 – 1400 1 hour 70 80 1400 – 2200 1 hour 65 75 Sunday and 0700 – 2200 1 hour 65 75 Public Holidays Any night 0700 – 2200 1 hour 55 65 * Proposed Scheme construction sound only. Levels represent measurements taken at 1m from closest façade of a habitable room.

Table 5.2 Vibration – Adverse Effect Levels, Residential

Parameter LOAEL/SOAEL Unit Level

Groundborne LOAEL LfASmax [dB] 35

Noise SOAEL LfASmax [dB] 45 Vibration LOAEL VDVday [m/s-1.75] 0.2 VDVnight [m/s-1.75] 0.1 SOAEL VDVday [m/s-1.75] 0.8

VDVnight [m/s-1.75] 0.4

BBV will carry out a vibration scoping assessment before the end of Detailed Design to determine whether the trigger levels for vibration as set out in Section 13 of the HS2 Code of Construction

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 21 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Practice are likely to be exceeded, including activities such as vibratory compaction and other driven processes.

If predicted vibration levels exceed 1mm/s component PPV at occupied residential buildings or 3mm/s PPV at occupied commercial buildings, a more detailed assessment should be carried out in accordance with BS7385-2:1993, Evaluation and measuring for vibration in buildings. Part 2 Guide to damage levels from ground borne vibration.

Sensitive times for commercial premises will be identified where construction activities are carried out in locations that have structural connections with or are very close to the foundations of other buildings, the noise and vibration impact will be considered and identified within the site-specific CEMP, once assessed by the Noise and Vibration Specialist.

5.5 Best Practicable Means (BPM) Best Practicable Means (BPM) will be applied during construction works to reduce noise (including vibration) at neighbouring residential properties and other sensitive receptors (including local businesses and any quiet areas designated by the LA) arising from construction activities. BPM are defined in Section 72 of the Control of Pollution Act 1974 and Section 79 of the Environmental Protection Act 1990 as those measures which are “reasonably practicable having regard among other things to local conditions and circumstances, to the current state of technical knowledge and to financial implications”.

BPM measures specified in Appendix A of this NVMP are mitigation control measures that may be applied by MWCC construction activities to minimise adverse impact and effects. The CoCP (section 13, paragraph 12.2.2) details the mitigation hierarchy that must be considered in addition to the BPM measures set out in the CoCP, section 13 paragraph 13.2.4).

These BPM measures will be considered when planning all works and must be included in method statements, Statement of Intents and Section 61 consent applications, to minimise the noise and vibration impact of the works.

6 MEASUREMENT AND MONITORING 6.1 Specification of Monitoring Noise Equipment All sound level meters utilised for attended or unattended monitoring and field calibrators will confirm to class 1 specification in line with the HS2 Technical Standard – Sound, Noise and Vibration Instrumentation and Monitoring.

The measurement equipment will be capable of continuously measuring and logging the following parameters as a minimum. • LAeq, 5 Minute • LAFmax, 5 Minute • LAFmin, 5 Minute

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 22 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

• LA10, 5 Minute • LA90, 5 Minute • Leq, 5 Minute in Octave Bands 31.5Hz to 8kHz

The noise monitoring system will be capable of streaming data wirelessly to an online web-based server. The web-based system will allow the programming of trigger alert levels that will be transmitted by text and email to nominated parties for the purpose of preventing exceedances of consented levels.

6.2 Specification of Monitoring Vibration Equipment The sensitivity of the vibration monitoring equipment will be compliant with the guidance specification in line with the HS2 Technical Standard – Sound, Noise and Vibration Instrumentation and Monitoring.

All vibration equipment will be capable of logging independent time histories for the three orthogonal directions of motion.

The vibration system installed will be capable of time synchronisation in order to easily identify specific time periods within the measured data, the time will be set via means of GPS or radio clock to guarantee consistency.

The vibration monitoring system will be capable of streaming data wirelessly to an online web-based server. The web-based system will allow the programming of trigger alert levels that will be transmitted by text and email to nominated parties for the purpose of preventing exceedances of consented levels.

6.3 Installation of Unattended Monitoring Equipment The Noise and Vibration Specialist will liaise with the LA and the construction teams to determine the most suitable location for any proposed monitoring equipment. Priority will be given to locations that will be in situ long-term, will not obstruct the proposed works and will remain accessible throughout the construction phase.

For the proposed monitoring locations, a method statement will be produced to detail any equipment already installed at that location, the condition of the dwelling/asset, along with any information regarding any specific access requirements. In addition to this, the method statements will identify any potential health and safety risks, along with additional mitigation to manage the identified risks throughout the installation, operational and calibration periods.

The monitoring equipment will be installed 1 month prior to the commencement of construction work to allow for the determination of existing baseline noise and vibration levels.

6.3.1 Noise monitor installation Equipment will be located at least 3.5m away from reflective surfaces, with the exception of the ground, at ground floor level. If ground floor positions are not representative, then a position of 4m above ground should be adopted to replicate the first floor.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 23 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

6.3.2 Vibration monitor installation Vibration equipment will be installed in a representative position close to the boundary of the identified sensitive receptor. The vibration monitor will be located in a locked case with an accelerometer, which will either be installed into soft ground using ground spikes or in the instance of hard will be weighted sufficiently to avoid movement that is not associated with the proposed works.

6.3.3 Weather Stations It is not necessary to install weather stations at every monitoring location as localised weather is unlikely to significantly alter, therefore at least 1 weather station, as a minimum will be installed in a representative position of all proposed monitoring locations. The weather station will be capable of uploading weather data to the same online platform as the measured noise and vibration data. If there is a notable change to the weather conditions or the areas of monitoring are significantly apart then additional weather stations will be required. The representative positions for weather stations will be agreed in conjunction with all relevant stakeholders.

6.4 Baseline Monitoring BBV may undertake further baseline noise and vibration assessments for medium to high risk sites, in addition to sensitive receptors that have been identified in the relevant LEMP or as part of a U&A commitment. In addition, the relevant LA may request further pre-construction baseline monitoring prior to applying for Section 61 consent. Refer to HS2 Section 61 Guidance document (see Table 1), for further details.

6.5 Maintenance of monitoring equipment 6.5.1 Visual Inspections Visual inspections will take place at two-week intervals to check that no obvious damage has occurred to the sound or vibration monitors and any associated equipment. Detailed inspections of equipment will be undertaken in line with the requirements for onsite field calibration unless an issue is identified with a specific meter and detailed investigations are required.

6.5.2 Calibration Sound level meters will undergo traceable calibration by an UKAS approved laboratory every two years, field calibrators will be calibrated every year in line with manufacturer recommendations and acoustic good practice.

Attended noise monitoring will be field calibrated before and after each monitoring period and the drift noted.

6.6 Web Based Noise and Vibration Monitoring Alerts System Web based hosting will be utilised for all unattended measurement positions that will collect process and manage noise, vibration and weather data and will display it to anyone that has relevant access authorisation.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 24 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Historic data will be available through an online portal that can be downloaded in a spreadsheet format for instant review by the BBV Noise and Vibration Specialist and Construction Teams as required.

6.6.1 SMS & Email Alerts The web-based monitoring system will be configured to allow the sending of text message and email alerts to authorised nominated parties. Alerts will be set at specific trigger levels dependent on the works being undertaken and the time period these occur in.

Proactive trigger alerts will be sent initially as a warning, known as an amber alert to allow on-site works to be reviewed if it is likely that current activity could exceed an agreed noise limits if continued at the same intensity. This would allow for a review of working methods to minimise the risk of an exceedance. It will be clear within the text message or email that this is an Amber Alert.

Red alerts will also be configured which will send an alert to nominated parties to notify if the limit has been exceeded, if red alerts are received then the relevant protocols for noise and or vibration investigation should be undertaken immediately. If a red alert is received, then the noise level for that relevant time period will have been exceeded and will not be reset until the next measurement period.

7 REPORTING 7.1 Noise and Vibration Reporting BBV is will submit monthly reports containing all unattended and attended noise and vibration data to HS2 by the second calendar week of the month following the monitoring period. All reports will be submitted in the relevant HS2 template (‘Construction noise and vibration monitoring monthly report’). HS2 will then review the submitted data provided by BBV, before making the monthly reports available to the public.

All monthly reports produced by BBV shall be compiled by the BBV Noise and Vibration Specialist and will include the following:

• the works and any activities being undertaken that could generate noise and vibration at the specific monitoring position; • Information on the equipment installed with serial numbers and calibration dates; • dates of field calibrations undertaken during the specified reporting period; • a summary of the weather conditions with any measurements periods that have been excluded as a result of poor weather conditions during the specific monitoring report period; • summary of complaints received, broken down into appropriate time periods; and • results of investigations, including the identified source, cause, immediate action taken and actions to prevent recurrence.

The noise and vibration reporting regime is detailed in the CoCP and Section 5 within the HS2 Technical Standard – Predication of airborne noise, ground-borne noise and vibration from construction, which details HS2 methodologies and reporting requirements.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 25 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

7.2 Incidents Noise and vibration incidents will be defined according to the HS2 incident recording and levels and will be reported as per the BBV Incident Reporting and Investigation Procedure for N1 and N2 (1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000004).

All personnel, including visitors, subcontractors and supply chain, must report all environmental incidents and near misses promptly, as per BBV Incident Reporting and Investigation Procedure.

For all environmental incidents, not only noise and vibration incidents, the HS2 helpline and the relevant BBV Project Manager must be notified immediately by telephone if there are/is:

• any enforcement action or threat of enforcement action; • any environmental harm caused outside of the site; • any environmental harm caused within the site; • complaints from stakeholders or third parties; • repeated justifiable complaints from members of the public; or • trespass/vandalism on site that has caused environmental harm within site or outside of site.

In the event of a noise or vibration exceedance or complaint being received, a review of mitigation measures and working methods will need to be undertaken between BBV and the Supply Chain involved with the works, the relevant BBV Project Manager, BBV Area Environmental Manager, BBV Environmental Noise and Vibration Specialist and the BBV Environmental Advisor to identify the immediate cause of the exceedance, and where necessary, implement suitable control measures.

BBV must provide a written record of the incident, including remedial action taken and photographs if required. A copy of the report must be issued as per the BBV Incident Reporting and Investigation Procedure.

7.3 Complaints Any complaints received in person at worksites must be logged including the name and contact details of the complainant, including the nature of the complaint and how the team dealt with the individual(s).

Investigation of complaints or exceedance of trigger levels may include but not be limited to the following actions:

• site inspection (including subjective impression of noise and/or vibration at complainant’s premises) and review of construction works and control measures (including BPM); • inspect site daily record sheets including deliveries to site; • review the noise monitoring results to determine as far as possible the activities/plant responsible for exceeding the relevant noise level; • investigate possible extraneous noise sources, e.g. neighbouring construction sites; • consider the influence of weather conditions (review weather data); • inspect and undertake field calibration of monitoring equipment; • evaluate and implement any reasonably practicable means of reducing the measured construction noise levels to the predicted level (or as low as is reasonably practicable); • prepare an incident/complaint investigation report; • close out of any complaints with complainant by BBV;

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 26 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

• complaint / incident register to be updated; and • issue the incident/ complaint investigation report to HS2 and the local authority.

Complaints received via the HS2 Helpline will be directed to the BBV Community Engagement Manager who will inform the BBV Environment & Sustainability Manager and relevant BBV Sub Lot Project Manager for the works. The approach to community engagement is included in a separate Community Liaison Plan N1 & N2 (1MC08-BBV-HR-PLN-N001-000005.

HS2 helpdesk is operational 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The helpdesk manages complaints and handles enquires. The HS2 helpdesk is contactable by phone on 08081 434 434 or email [email protected].

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 27 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Appendix A Best Practicable Means (BPM) Specific BPM noise and vibration mitigation measures relevant to N1 and N2 works:

• The investigation and use of acoustic blankets on site to minimise the quantity of noise leaving the site boundary; • Where ‘Heras’ panels are being used to demarcate worksites noise blankets may need to be installed adjacent to sources of noise, if appropriate; • Noise barriers comprising noise blankets will be provided around static equipment and/or around areas where activities could give rise to potential nuisance; • High noise generating activities have been planned and restricted to core hours to minimise disruption; • All deliveries to/from site will be carried out during the day so that there will be no standard night time deliveries. Exceptions to this rule will be deliveries associated with the large plant or similar requiring movement orders. These occurrences must be detailed in Section 61 consent applications or notifiable to the relevant Local Authority; • Care will be taken to reduce noise impacts, when loading or unloading vehicles or moving materials. Workforce will be reminded about dropping hand tools and materials handling before the start of a shift; • All site operatives will be briefed on the requirements of the site constraints and ensure any unnecessary noise is avoided including shouting and banging. This especially applies during consented ‘out of hours’ working; • All waste to be removed during day time shifts; • Generator use will be minimised, where practical, and a permanent supply to be sought; • Equipment to be sited as far from sensitive receptors or as close to any acoustic screen located between the activity and the receptor as reasonably practicable; • Use of silenced tools where possible; • Plant will use white noise reversing beacons where practical; • Super-silenced generators will be sought where practical; • If required, the use of an electric cement mixer will be sought where possible; • Where appropriate, the use of real time noise and vibration monitoring equipment, with alarms to enable monitoring against trigger levels and email/text alerts to be issued; and • Construction noise levels to be measured, if required, using a hand-held meter. The frequency and location of these surveys will be dependent upon the nature and sensitivity of the works being undertaken.

General recommended measures will include the following as appropriate:

• Ensure adequate planning within sensitive locations to minimise noise generated by double handling of materials or overlapping of high noise activities; • Stationary plant to be located so that the noise impact at all occupied commercial and residential buildings is minimised and, wherever practicable, every item of static plant shall be sound attenuated using methods based on the guidance given in BS5228;

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 28 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

• Equipment to be sited as far from sensitive receptors or as close to any acoustic screen located between the activity and the receptor as reasonably practicable; • Minimise drop heights; • Ensure compressor covers closed when they are running, and lined and sealed where possible; • Ensure machinery panels are secured and do not rattle; • Ensure adequate maintenance of equipment and machinery; • Ensure machinery is not running unnecessarily, or is running in the lowest noise output mode; • Contractors working on behalf of BBV will be required to submit full details of work programmes, plant and personnel and will be made fully aware of the requirement of the Section 61 Consent or Statement of Intent; • Choice of routes for transport, spoil and personnel to minimise noise at noise sensitive receptors; • Ensure that Subcontractors and suppliers are aware of the environmental constraints of the site and follow the necessary procedures for Environmentally Responsible Working Practices; • Prevent any unnecessary noise such as shouting or banging at all times; • Ensure that site workers do not congregate near to sensitive receptors. All workers will be briefed on the sensitivity of the site at induction stage and this will be reinforced prior to every shift; • Ensure Site Induction sessions cover Environmentally Responsible Working Practices and Environmental Awareness especially with regard to noise disturbance; • Put up signs within the Sites to raise awareness and to stress the importance of noise control and its impact on local residents; • Activity Notices to residents and Local Authority prior to, or when practical, before commencement at a new site making them aware of forthcoming activities, to be issued more than 14 days in advance of works commencing on site; • Signage around the sites displaying the HS2 helpline number; • Operatives’ induction training will include the requirements relative to BPM as regards noise and vibration; • Ensure and maintain a high level score within the Considerate Constructors Scheme; • No personal radios on site; • Arranging delivery / materials transfer points away from noise sensitive boundaries; • Changes to proposed method of work or alternative systems to reduce impact of noise; • Temporary infrastructure (i.e. haul roads) should be constructed of materials that minimise noise and vibration (i.e. laying a tarmac surface); • Handling all materials in a manner which minimises noise, for example storing materials as far as possible from sensitive receptors and using resilient mats around steel handling areas; and • Area Central work teams shall, as far as reasonably practicable, ensure that the noise from reversing alarms is controlled and limited. This will be managed through the following hierarchy of techniques: a. The site layout will be designed to limit and where reasonably practicable, avoid the need for the reversing of vehicles. Ensure drivers are familiar with the worksite layout by displaying posters on the site notice board and at key locations to show the site layout while traffic marshals will be directing the drivers at all time;

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 29 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

b. Banksmen will be utilised to avoid, as far as reasonably practicable, the use of reversing alarms; c. Broadband reversing alarms will be deployed on mobile plant and delivery / collection vehicles.

Supply Chain working on behalf of BBV on the MWCC sections N1 and N2, will be required to demonstrate BPM compliance at the procurement stage.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 30 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Appendix B Sample SOI Risk Assessment for Low Risk Sites A completed sample of a risk assessed approach for low risk noise and vibration works, based on the London Good Practice Guide: Noise & Vibration Control for Demolition and Construction.

Low Medium High Total - Risk Assessment (SOI) (s.61) (s.61)

Risk Assessment A - Locality / Site Information 2 2 0 Carry over SUBTOTAL A

Risk Assessment B - Works Information 2 1 0 Carry over SUBTOTAL B For the highest number of ticks in SUBTOTAL B Add one tick to the equivalent tick column 1 - -

TOTAL 5 3 0

RISK ASSESSMENT A Low Medium High Programme Duration <6 months X 6 months to 12 months >12 months Proximity of nearest sensitive receptor >50m from the site boundary Between 25m and 50m X <25m Day-time Ambient Noise Level High ambient noise level Medium ambient noise level X

Locality / Site Information Site / Locality Low ambient noise level Working Hours Normal workings hours only* X Some extended evening or weekend working Some night-time working SUBTOTAL A Add up the number of ticks in each column 2 2 0

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 31 of 32

Document Title: N1 and N2 Construction Noise & Vibration Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 Revision: C01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

RISK ASSESSMENT B Low Medium High Location of Works Majority within existing complete building envelope X Majority of works external External Demolition N/A Limited to 2 weeks ** External demolition between 2 weeks and 3 months ** External demolition greater than 3 months **

Ground Works Limited to non-percussive methods (i.e. hand tools/small excavator / small backhoe) X Percussive methods *** less than 3 months ** Percussive methods greater than 3 months ** Piling N/A

Works Information Works Limited to 1 week **, **** Bored piling only. No impact or vibratory piling Impact or vibratory piling

Vibration Generating Activities N/A Limited to less than 1 week Between 1 week and 1 month Greater than 1 month Street Management (Vehicles Expected on Road) Required for less than 1 week / or not at all Required for less than 1 month X Required for greater than 1 month SUBTOTAL B Add up the number of ticks in each column 2 1 0

** Total across entire programme *** For example, breaking out using hydraulic or pneumatic breakers **** Hydraulic jacking (or press-in piling) is considered to be acceptable for longer periods

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P07 Date of Rev 12/12/2019 Page 32 of 32

Appendix F LIW STP Operation & Maintenance Plan

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 80 of 83

Contract No. 1MC13

LIW STP Operation and

Maintenance Plan

Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01-0000XX

Current Date Reason for Author Reviewed By Approved By Revision Approved Review Guillaume P01 Danilo Mertola Thomas Rushe Lefrere

Stakeholder Review Required (SRR) Purpose of SRR ☐ Yes – Please Specify Below ☐ Comment ☒ No ☐ Information Click or tap here to enter text. ☐ Approval

Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Review Required

Team Yes/No Name Position Date Quality Yes Yiota Alexopoulou Quality Manager Health and Safety Health & Safety Yes Paul Whyte Manager Environment & Environmental Yes Caroline O’Connor Sustainability Manager Surface Plant Other teams if required Yes Thomas Retailleau Manager

Contents

1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE 4 1.1 Purpose 4 1.2 Scope 4 2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 4 2.1 Contract 4 2.2 Standards 4 2.3 Associated BBV Procedures 5 2.4 The BBV Way 6 3 ABBREVIATIONS 7 4 TUNNELLING WORKS 8 4.1 Tunnelling Overview 8 4.2 Slurry Treatment Plant 8 5 SEQUENCE& SAFE SYSTEM OF WORK 10 5.1 Pre-Start 10 5.2 Delivery of Hazardous Product 10 6 OPERATION OF THE STP 10 6.1 General 10 6.2 Main STP Functions Error! Bookmark not defined. 7 RESOURCES 17 7.1 Personnel 17

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 2 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

7.2 Plant and Equipment 21 8 WORKING ENVIRONMENT & WELFARE ARRANGEMENTS 21 8.1 Permits 21 8.2 Working Environment Considerations 21 8.3 Waste Off site 22 8.4 Welfare Arrangements 22 8.5 Monitoring and Control 22 8.6 Site Completion 22 8.7 Pollution Control 22 8.8 Site Emergency Arrangements 24 9 APPENDIX 26

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 3 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE 1.1 Purpose The aim of the Sublot 1 LIW Slurry Treatment Plant Operation and Maintenance Plan is to ensure the safe and efficient operation of the STP including visual checks to be carried out during the shift to identify any local problems with the plant and to schedule the required preventive maintenance as recommended in the MS Operation and Maintenance Manual. The plan also establishes the arrangements to manage the environmental risks associated with waste management on the tunnel discipline section of this Project and details how monitoring and inspections (both desk-based and on- site) will be used to ensure that the agreed waste management procedures are adhered to and supported by the relevant documentation. This Plan (STPMP) has been produced for the safe delivery of the different activities covered in the operation of the STP. It covers the specific safety, health and wellbeing arrangements that will be implemented and managed by Balfour Beatty VINCI (BBV), in liaison with its supply chain. This Plan incorporates COVID-19 and how BBV will manage restrictions imposed by government and guidance provided by Public Health England and NHS. Covid-19 will be managed on site by BBV via its BBV’s Site Operating Procedure DURING Covid-19 Pandemic – ref: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001- 000035. It should be understood that this procedure has been issued to all persons managing and supervising works on site and key requirements briefed to all persons on site.

1.2 Scope The scope of work covered by this document is the operation and maintenance of the Slurry Treatment Plant (STP). It also describes the safe system of work of the consumables delivery (lime, bentonite, sulfuric acid and ferric chloride).

2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Contract Document Title Document Number Health and Safety (WI) 1100 1MC01-HS2-PR-ITT-000-000471 Occupational Health (WI) 1150 1MC01-HS2-PR-ITT-000-000504 High Speed Rail Code of Construction Practice N/A HS2 Supply Chain Health and Safety Approach HS2-HS2-HS-STD-000-000006

2.2 Standards • ISO 9001: 2015 Quality Management System • ISO 14001: 2015 Environmental Management System • ISO 45001: 2018 Occupational Health and Safety

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 4 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

2.3 Associated BBV Procedures Document Title Document Number Project Execution Plan 1MC08-BBV-PM-PLN-N001-000001 BBV H&S Policy 1MC08-BBV-HS-POL-N001-000001 Construction Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-CL-PLN-N001-000002 Safety, Health and Wellbeing Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-000006 Health Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-000003 Environmental Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000001 Construction Environmental Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000027 Incident Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-000002 Security Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-SC-PLN-N001-000002 Contract Quality Plan 1MC08-BBV-QY-PLN-N001-000001 Design Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-DS-PLN-N001-000002 Community Liaison Plan 1MC08-BBV-HR-PLN-N001-000005 Setting People to Work Procedure 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000002 Site Compound establishment and welfare 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000007 facilities Procedure COSHH Procedure 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000020 Lifting Operations Procedure 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000013 Work at Height Procedure 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000017 Temporary Works Procedure 1MC08-BBV-EN-PRO-N001-000002 Safe use of Plant, Vehicles and work equipment 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-000013 Plan Plant People Interface Procedure 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000012 Managing the risk of UG/OH Services & 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000006 Excavations Drug and Alcohol Procedure 1MC08-09-IBBV-HS-PRO-N000-000051 Excavation Procedure 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000031 Local Traffic Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-TM-PLN-N001-000002 Commitment Compliance Plans 1MC08-BBV-SE-PLN-N001-000003 and 1MC09-BBV-SE-PLN-N002-000002 Specific Emergency Preparedness Incident 1MC08-BBV-HS-TEM-N001-000001 Response Plan Template Accident/Incident Reporting Procedure 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000004

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 5 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Logistics Environmental, Sustainability and 1MC08-BBV-CL-MAN-N001-000001 Safety Management Plan – N1 and N2 BBV HSEQS Conditions Docment 1MC08-09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Approved Competence Cards guidance 1MC08-09-IBBV-HS-GDE-N000-000004 BBV Roles and H&S Responsibilities 1MC08-09-IBBV-HS-GDE-N000-000007 BBV Site Operating Procedure during Covid 19 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000035 Pandemic PPE Standards 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000032

2.4 The BBV Way The BBV Way is the Balfour Beatty VINCI Integrated Management System for the project. It contains the processes that we will use to manage the project – it is held in the following location:

The BBV Way

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 6 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

3 ABBREVIATIONS

HS2 High Speed Two Limited, also referred to as “HS2” or “EMPLOYER” BBV Balfour Beatty VINCI LIWT Long Itchington Wood Tunnel RAMS Risk Assessment and Method Statement H&S Health & Safety SSoW Safe System of Work SIDME Serious Incident, Disaster and Major Emergency PIC Person-In-Charge RAMS Risk Assessment Method Statement STP Slurry Treatment Plant WTP Water Treatment Plant VDTBM Variable Density Tunnel Boring Machine MEWP Mobile Elevated Working Platform

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 7 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

4 TUNNELLING WORKS 4.1 Tunnelling Overview The High Speed 2 Phase 1 Project (HS2) will be a new high-speed track linking London to West Midlands. At the North of the Project, in Lot N1 close to Birmingham, two twin-bore tunnels for a total of 7.3m, namely Bromford and Long Itchington Wood will be constructed. The Long Itchington Wood Tunnel (See Figure 1) is located approximately 30 miles south-east of Birmingham passing beneath the Long Itchington Wood between the Wood Farm Cottage Cattery nearby the village of Ufton and the Dallas Burston Polo Club nearby the City of Southam. The direction of the 2 tunnel drives is from North to South. The TBM launching portal and reception pit will be constructed as end sections of respectively the Ufton Wood Cutting and the Long Itchington Wood Green Tunnel. The twin bore tunnels measuring 1580m will be constructed using the Variable Density Tunnel Boring Machine (VDTBM) technology from Herrenknecht.

Figure 1 – Long Itchington Wood Tunnel

4.2 Slurry Treatment Plant

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 8 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only assessment, documentation for submittals, H&S and environmental requirements and spare parts recommendations. The excavated material will be pumped as a slurry material from the TBM to be treated on the surface using a specialist processing plant called the Slurry Treatment Plant. The STP removes the suspended solid material from the slurry; the sand and gravel are removed in the separation plant using trommel screens, vibrating screens and cyclones; the finer material (silts and clays) are squeezed out of the solution in the filter press. The solid materials are then transported into the service muck bin. The properties of the remaining slurry are checked and adjusted if required before it is recirculated and pumped back to the TBM. The STP will be installed in an area close to the tunnel entrance , see Figure 2. The distance between the tunnel portal and the STP is about 450m.

Figure 2- STP Long Itchington Wood Tunnel

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 9 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

5 SEQUENCE& SAFE SYSTEM OF WORK 5.1 Pre-Start

Induction Prior to any works being carried out, all site operatives and all those involved in the works will undergo a BBV JV Induction (presently conducted at M6 Site Office) which includes a mandatory Drugs & Alcohol test. At the induction all competency cards will be checked to ensure they are valid and in date. They will also undergo RAMS and site specific safety procedures briefing prior to commencing any work on the Project. Delivery drivers will receive the delivery driver induction and will be briefed on the specific risk he is exposed to. Refer to 1MC08-BBV-TM-PLN-N001-000002 Local Traffic Management Plan.

Access The main access is by the STP turnstile (controlled) near the office. A secondary gated access is in place alongside the muck bin walls and stores and is intended as access for M & E teams bringing materials for use at the STP. Only authorized people can enter the STP area. Any unauthorized people and visitors must contact the STP Manager and Supervisor before entering the STP area (excluding the STP crew).

5.2 Delivery of Hazardous Product Refer to 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000020 BBV JV COSHH Procedure - which includes the safe system of work for delivery of: • Hydrated Lime – powder • Bentonite – powder • Ferric Chloride – liquid • Sulphuric Acid – liquid

6 OPERATION OF THE STP 6.1 General The STP will be operated from the control room on the top tier of platforms near the Filter Press and the De-Sanding Buildings. This control room has the full capacity to remotely operate the STP mechanics. The valves on the pipe work are controlled using the PLC from the control room. Visual checks will have to be carried out during the shift to identify any local problems with the plant. Aside from the main control room there are many localised emergency push stop buttons located at each mechanical component should the need be required to activate an emergency stop.

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 10 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Figure 3 – LIWT Slurry Treatment Plant

6.2 Filter Presses Safety Sensors / Light Curtain Safety sensors are fitted to the side frames of the filter press blocks. In the event that someone breaks the beam between these sensors then the filter press stops moving and stops compressing the limed mud mixture immediately. The filter press then has to be reset to continue with that cycle of pressing the cake. Reset buttons are located at each end of the filter press at the control panel and by the hydraulic unit as can be seen from the pictures below.

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 11 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Figure 4 – Safety sensors

Use of Jet Washer The following points address the precaution measures for cleaning using the jet washer: • Pre-use check of the equipment such as hose connection. • Ensure sufficient fuel in tank of Jet wash. • The work should be done in pairs if possible. (2 workers) • Never point the jet wash lance directly at co-worker. • Before commencing work, it may be necessary to close off areas and walkways for the duration of the work. • Check all electrical equipment, particularly plugs and cables that they are not wet. Do not plug in machines until they have been assembled and are ready for use. Do not plug in machines with wet hands. • Wash all exposed skin that came into contact with the limed mud before eating or drinking • Ensure areas are well ventilated. • Do not leave equipment lying around that could potentially become a trip hazard. • During cleaning stage, permanent communication will be ensured by way of site radios between STP operator and those using jet wash. • Check the high-pressure jet, particularly plugs, cables and hoses. • Electrical cables must be kept behind the line of work. • Avoid pointing the gun close to sensitive / electric parts. • Position yourself in a non-slippery area and support your legs

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 12 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Trommel A protective enclosure has been fitted around the trommel. The high level half door is to be closed when the trommel is in operation. A camera is set inside the trommel to allow the STP operator to view the trommel in real time.

Figure 5 – Trommel protective cover

Buoyancy Aid • Life Ring with Rope The STP has 6 open top tanks full of varying liquids needed to operate the plant. There will be certain locations on the STP where safe access is needed to maintain vital components of the STP. These tanks are potentially very dangerous and safety procedures are needed to safeguard the workforce. The slurry tanks have agitators attached to the side. These can be raised and lowered for maintenance and checked visually safely from the walkway platforms. It is not anticipated that working over the tanks by way of MEWP will be required. Life rings with ropes have been positioned at each tank to allow fast deployment in case of need.

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 13 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Figure 6 – Life ring with rope

Bentonite Tank Filling • Bentomix The fresh bentonite will be filled from the Bentomix unit located next to the STP Bentonite silo. The filling of this tank is done in cycles batched from the Bentomix and fills the tank in 3m3 batches. This is also an open top tank and made safe with the measures put in place by locating the buoyancy aid close by.

Maintenance and Lock out Procedure Repair works, modifications or maintenance can only be carried out by qualified operators (M&E teams), under the responsibility of the equipment supplier or of the person designate as relevant manager / supervisor. In order to avoid inopportune start-ups, the manager / supervisor must control the stop of the energy feeding of the machine, and be the only one able to start back the machine. He will also notify all relevant workers of the machine’s stop. In case of work on STP equipment the equipment will be electrically isolated by the electrical team in accordance with their procedures. In case of stop caused by an emergency shutdown, restart of that part of the installation would only be done after verification, research and elimination of the shutdown causes, by implementing the locking procedure described above. The restart of the STP after maintenance or repairing must only be done under the supervisor’s responsibility. He will instruct electrical team to remove isolation and will only allow restart of the STP after confirming that all persons involved in maintenance / repair have returned to safe location and that it is safe to restart the STP. Before starting of maintenance or repair works of running, moving or electrical parts, the lock out procedure must be followed.

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 14 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

The following general lock out STEPS will apply to any specific maintenance work: When the flow of potential damaging energy (e.g. electrical, hydraulic, stored energy – mechanical and gravity) must be stopped to allow safe work on the service or equipment, the isolation switch, control or valve for that energy must be de-energised by a competent person. The suitable isolation point or points must be identified in the Operators Manual, the Maintenance drawings/manual or clearly visible. In all other instances, a competent person must nominate the isolation points.

STEP 1 – Notification Approval must be obtained from the nominated area supervisor to de-energise any plant/equipment/service prior to work commencing. Where applicable, the proposed isolation must be communicated with other work groups within the area or work groups that may be affected by the proposed isolation prior to work commencing.

STP Lock Out register must be completed.

STEP 2 – Shut down plant/equipment/service The competent isolating person will ensure that automated controls are turned off and that switches and isolators to plant/equipment/services are turned off, removing potential for energy sources including: • Chemical – Burns or vapours • Mechanical – In and out, up and down • Potential – Hydraulic, pneumatic, spring, gravity • Electrical – AC or DC circuits • Accumulative – stored energy where applicable

STEP 3 – Isolate Identify correct isolation point or points. Secure all energy sources including: • Circuit breakers • Valves • Isolation switches • Physical separation The isolating person will lock the isolation switch, control or valve using a suitable locking device along with an allocated lock where practicable/required.

STEP 4 – Release stored energy De-energise – release all stored energy from plant/equipment/service for the intended scope of works including: • Bleeding pressure • Draining systems • Securing, clamping and chocking • Grounding and removal of fuses

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 15 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

STEP 5 – Test After the plant/equipment/service has been isolated, an attempt should be made to start that equipment using local controls to ensure isolation has been effected. (Zero energy must be verified). Note: When electrical work is to be performed, verification that the isolation device has operated on all phases is to be confirmed. This can be achieved either by a visual inspection of the contact links or a test for open circuit across the switch contacts. If this cannot be achieved then an additional upstream element must be isolated. All electrical isolations must only be done by appointed and trained members of the electrical team. Methods for testing include: • Visual inspection • Voltage testing • Attempt to operate locally, remotely and/or mechanically • Bump test motors

STEP 6 – Apply personal lockout Based on isolation method and personnel numbers identify the requirement of suitable allocated lock attachment devices namely multi-lock hasp or lock box. All personnel working on the plant/equipment/service shall place an allocated pad lock, fill out the tag with all information required and keep the padlock key with them all the time unless work has been finished. Important: Test again at time of commencing work. After the work is completed all tags and allocated locks are to be removed. Only the owner of each tag or allocated lock is permitted to remove them from the isolation point. If an employee fails to remove their tag or allocated lock when work is completed, the supervisor/shift engineer must be contacted, which initiates investigation of completion status and makes contact with employee before removal of tag or padlock. Note: Under no circumstance may any person re-energise, operate or bypass a tagged or locked isolation. Before restarting the work equipment ensure that all safety equipment / guarding that needed to be removed has been set up again to prevent injury to personnel

Specific PPE for Ferric Chloride and Sulfuric Acid Delivery All personnel on site will wear full PPE as described at the site induction and as listed below: Hard Hat, Orange High Visibility Clothing (full length sleeves), Steel toe-capped Boots, Safety Glasses and Gloves. Additional task specific PPE will be worn in accordance with the Risk Assessment for that task. During the delivery of liquid consumable chemical products, namely Ferric Chloride and Sulphuric Acid the tanker delivery driver and the attending STP operator must wear Hi-vis clothing and safety footwear that provides protection against the specified liquid chemicals.

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 16 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Figure 7 – Liquid chemicals delivery

Removing a Desanding pump from the separation plant for maintenance Refer to BBV JV -HS2 Main Works Civils MS 19034-HS2 BBV Rev0 STP – Desanding Pump Removal from Separation. This document describes the different steps to moving out a desanding pump from the separation building.

7 RESOURCES 7.1 Personnel

BBV JV Tunnel Production Team The Tunnel Production Team is led by the Tunnel Works Manager and is responsible for the tunnel production. The team operates the TBM, STP and other ancillary equipment and arranges the supply of materials to and from the TBM and STP including storage and disposal to meet the programmed production rates. The BBV JV Production Team consists of: • Tunnel Works manager • Pit Boss • Lead Miner • TBM Operator • TBM Crew • STP Supervisor • STP Operator

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 17 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

• Yard Foreman • Lifting Crew • Ancillary equipment operators

ROLE Reports To: Main Responsibilities • Experienced Tunneller Tunnel Works Tunnel Manager • Delivery of the works in accordance with the Manager construction programme and Quality management Plan • Experience in leading tunnel crews • Control and organise the day to day operation of the tunnnelling works including excavation, ringbuilding, grouting, cutterhead interventions Pit Boss Tunnel Works and tunnel logistics Manager • Ensure tunnel works are carried out in a safe manner and to the specified quality requirements • Conduct SHE inspections and implement any corrective actions • Organise and control the individual tasks and Pit Boss crew of the TBM Lead Miner • Ensure the ringbuilding and grouting operation are conducted to the correct quality • Experienced Multi-mode TBM Operator • Operating the TBM according to the TBM TBM Operator Operator’s Instruction manual Pit Boss • Coordinate with TBM Shift Engineer to analyse the TBM operating performance • Experienced Tunnel crew • Familiar with Multi-mode TBM operation • Able to follow instruction and carry out tasks TBM Crew Pit Boss required for TBM excavation and ringbuilding operations • Able to work in a safe manner • Control the site mechanical team • Ensure all personnel, materials and equipment STP Supervisor are in place to conduct mechanical fabrication, Section Engineer installation and maintenance works including tunnel service extensions • Operate the STP from the control room • Arrange the cleaning and up keep of the plant STP Operator STP Supervisor • Inform the STP supervisor of any operational problems or changes in material and parameters

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 18 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

ROLE Reports To: Main Responsibilities • Planning and coordinating material deliveries to support the TBM production • Manage storage and handling of materials on Yard Foreman Tunnel Works site Manager • Manage muckaway • Lead and organise all surface personnel • Arrange for the unloading and storage of Yard Foreman & Pit materials on site Lifting Crew Boss • Organise and implement all lifting operations in the Main Compound to supply and service the TBM

BBV JV Plant Team The Tunnel Plant Team is led by the Senior Plant Manager and is responsible for providing suitable plant and equipment for tunnelling works in time to meet the programme and to develop and manage the maintenance regime for all plant and equipment. The BBV JV Tunnel Plant Team consists of: • Senior Plant manager • Surface Plant Manager • Mechanical TBM Superintendent • Mechanical Foreman • Electrical Foreman • PPM Fitter Supervisor • Automation Supervisor • Fitters • Electricians • Welders

ROLE Reports To: Main Responsibilities • Plan and manage the equipment requirements of the Project including sourcing equipment through Senior Plant the JV partner companies Manager Construction • Plan and coordinate design, delivery, assembly Manager / Tunnel and operation with TBM and STP suppliers Manager

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 19 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

ROLE Reports To: Main Responsibilities • Plan and supervise STP and WTP assembly, commissioning and operation • Plan and coordinate installation and operation of Surface Plant Senior Plant all surface plant including batching plant, Manager Manager compressed air installations, gantry cranes and water supply • Ensure consumable stock for surface facilities is ordered and maintained • Supervise and control TBM assembly, TBM Mechanical Senior Plant maintenance and cutterhead maintenance TBM Manager • Coordinate with Mechanical Foreman to carry Superintendent out necessary mechanical works

Senior Plant • Control and coordinate TBM and STP Automation Manager automation systems and the data acquisition and Supervisor tunnel communication systems

• Control the site mechanical team Ensure all personnel, materials and equipment Mechanical Senior Plant • are in place to conduct mechanical fabrication, Foreman Manager installation and maintenance works including tunnel service extensions • Control the site electrical team Ensure all personnel, materials and equipment Electrical Senior Plant • are in place to conduct electrical installations Foreman Manager and maintenance works including tunnel service extensions and high voltage works Mechanical and • Maintain all PPM records on site • Issue PPM Check sheets for all plant on site PPM Fitter Electrical Foreman • Conduct PPM checks for major plants except TBM Mechanical • All temporary mechanical installations on site Mechanics Foreman • All mechanical trouble-shooting and repairs • All mechanical maintenance and checks

• All temporary electrical installations on site Electricians Electrical Foreman • All electrical trouble-shooting and repairs • All electrical inspections and checks

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 20 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

• Assisting BBV JV Project Management in the planning of the Works to ensure programme targets are achieved. • Supplying suitably experienced and qualified labour necessary for the Tunnelling Works, including above ground logistics/attendance, underground logistics/attendance, excavation, all sprayed and cast concrete both temporary and permanent, installation of permanent and temporary steelwork and any other temporary works required for the successful construction of the works • Supply suitably experienced and qualified labour in compliance with Civils and M&E Competence and Qualification Matrix, refer to IMC08-09-IBBV-HS-GDE-N000-000004 Approved Competence Cards Guidance. • Supplying suitably qualified and experienced site supervision

Working Hours The plant will be in operation 24/7 with staff working over two shifts, from 07:00 to 19:00, and from 19:00 to 07:00.

7.2 Plant and Equipment

Identification • Forklift • Power tools • Hand held tools and equipment

Lifting Operation Refer to 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000013 Lifting Operations Procedure

8 WORKING ENVIRONMENT & WELFARE ARRANGEMENTS

8.1 Permits EPR Permit Reference for the STP is XXX/XXXX/XXX. Water from WTP will be discharged to the ditch which goes through the attenuation pond and is covered by Schedule 33.5.

8.2 Working Environment Considerations Where possible noise, vibrations and dust will be kept to a minimum e.g. switch off engines when not in use where possible, apply dust suppression without being prompted too, vibration monitoring (where applicable). Work area to be kept tidy at all times, to prevent slips/trips/falls etc. No discharge of water into drainage systems without consent and permit to pump written and approved by BBV JV.

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 21 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Always be polite to residents and pedestrians when approached. If unable to answer question divert them to office public relation team. If potential contaminated ground is encountered during an excavation, then works are to be stopped immediately and the PIC will be notified.

8.3 Waste Off site Waste water is sent to WTP (Water Treatment Plant) for treatment to meet the Discharge Consent before discharging into the River Leam.

8.4 Welfare Arrangements Welfare facility location and details: Main Site Compound: ▪ Toilets ▪ Showers ▪ Changing / drying rooms ▪ Canteen ▪ Medical Room

8.5 Monitoring and Control As part of the normal STP operation sampling and testing of the slurry and material is carried out at regular intervals. The frequency ranges from 2 number tests per ring of excavation to daily and weekly tests depending on the check to be performed.

8.6 Site Completion Upon site completion the STP will be dismantled and removed from site. A detailed Method Statement and associated Risk Assessment will be produced for this task.

8.7 Pollution Control The Slurry Treatment Plant will not emit odours or Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs), fibres, vapours, gases or aerosols. The cakes from the filter press will be deposited into a designated bay beneath the presses. This bay will be enclosed on three sides with an open front to allow easy evacuation by wheeled loader.

Emergencies The Environmental and Sustainability Manager is responsible for ensuring that controls are planned for any potential incidents on site. 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N0001-000019 - N1 & N2 Pollution Control Plan has been prepared and developed as work progresses. Environmental risks will be included in the RAMS. All staff is made aware of the environmental implications of incidents and that such incidents are dealt with in the correct manner. Drills have taken place during the construction of the facility and will

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 22 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only continue throughout the life of the project to verify the personnel understanding of emergency actions to put in place in case of emergencies.

Spill Control In the event of a spill of any COSHH material (including fuels and oils), the person(s) discovering the spill should adopt the following procedures where the spill is safe to handle with standard PPE: 1- STOP any further discharge (e.g. plug/cap) any leaks or position container in such a way that further spill is prevented. 2- CONTAIN spill using equipment available from spill kit stations such as spill pads, booms, spill granules. 3- NOTIFY your Front Line Supervisor depending on severity of spill Where possible all spill materials should be bagged using the blue bags in the spill kits, sealed with zip ties and disposed of in the Hazardous Waste Skip. If there is a significant quantity of spillage i.e. from silos or tanks, the following action will be in place: ▪ Desanding building & B3, B1 tank bund wall will contain the spillage to avoid to have it mixed with platform spillage, it will be directed to the STP process. ▪ All other spillage will be directed to the WTP. Dry material (lime, bentonite, cement…) will be manually collected before wash down the area to the platform drainage process then treated through the WTP process. ▪ Both acid tank are equipped with a bund and level sensor to monitor the bund level and avoid any overflow. ▪ Any spillages from the delivery or pipe leak will be washed down to the layout platform drainage and treated through the WTP process.

Ground Water Risk The site is constructed on a part of the construction site which has been overlaid by a purposely designed concrete slab. The site drainage system is designed to ensure any rainwater run-off and or any substance entering the system will be channeled through to the WTP. The STP is bunded around the tank are to ensure that any spill is contained within the structure and any spills can be over- pumped back around the facility. BBV JV developed a Construction Environmental Management Plan (1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001- 000012) to deal with water contamination including flooding.

Dust Emissions The Control of hazardous substances procedure for more detail (1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO- N0001-000020) deals with hazardous substances like dust and to ensure suitable arrangements are in place to deal with any contingency. The Sands and Clay waste material (cake) produced as part of the STP process will be 20% wet forming a damp material to be transported by muckaway contract. The vehicles leaving the STP plant will be required to exit through a specifically installed wheel wash station.

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 23 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Odour Release There are no known or foreseeable odours from the tunneling activity and the workings of the STP or WTP.

Vermin and Pest Control As with any construction site the threat of vermin and pests is ever present. BBV JV contracted out the pest control on site and around the welfare facility monthly. The contractor controls the threat through active bait boxes, an inspection regime and advisory role on site visits. There have been no reported issues on site. The STP and WTP fall into the same plan and inspections of the plant are included within the contract. The material produced by the STP is not deemed to be a material to which pests are readily drawn to in the first instance.

8.8 Site Emergency Arrangements

First Aid Arrangements First Aid arrangements will be identified via the Specific Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan, ref: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01-000001. They will be discussed in the project inductions and displayed on site notice boards via the BBV Organisation and Emergency Arrangements Chart (1MC08-BBV-HS-FRM-N001-000020). First aid kits will be available within office and welfare areas along with a defibrillator. The Company considers mental health as equally important as other health risks and operates the following programmes to support this: • Mates in Mind • Employee assistance programme

At least one Mental Health First Aider will be available to provide advice and support to those working in these work areas.

Evacuation Procedure The BBV Incident Management Plan (1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-000002) details how BBV will manage serious emergency incidents on site, including non-injury related incidents that have the potential to escalate. A Specific Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan will be produced detailing specific arrangements. This will include response to emergency situations that could arise, for example, accident, fire, discovery of a suspected UXO, terrorism, suspicious packages, flood/inundation etc. A specific BBV Organisation and Emergency Arrangements Chart (1MC08-BBV-HS-FRM-N001- 000020) will be included in each emergency plan which will be specific to local work areas e.g. North Portal, South Portal etc.

Fire Safety A fire risk assessment and plan will be produced (Template Doc. Ref:1MC08-BBV-HS-TEM-N001- 000002) and will include measures to prevent a fire starting (e.g. control of hot works, smoking and refuelling activities), the method of raising the alarm with all people on site and any firefighting arrangements provided. The plan will also contain details about the need for any temporary fire alarm

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 24 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only panels or connections to current fire alarm panels and the need to locate fire alarm equipment (i.e. smoke or heat detectors) that might be affected during the construction phase. Our approach to Fire Management is described in the Project Fire Plan (1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001- 000012).

Security Security arrangements are detailed in the overarching Security Management Plan (1MC08-BBV- SC-PLN-N001-000002). Each work area will also have a ‘Work Area Security Plan’ (WASP) which will define specific security arrangements (Security plan LIW North portal: 1MC08-BBV-SC-PLN- NS01_NL01-000001, Security Plan South Portal : 1MC08-BBV-SC-PLN-NS01_NL01-000003) The general arrangements for securing and making safe the site locations are as follows: • All visitors and workforce, including subcontractors, are required to sign in and out of site daily (until a permanent access control system is installed) • Regular site audits and inspections • Out of hours penetration testing of the site security systems. • Security provided by an SIA ACS Approved contractor. An SIA licenced security guard will carry their SIA card at all times. • Manned security may be supplemented by temporary CCTV systems if assessed as needed. The temporary CCTV should be able to operate if no power is available on site. The system should have a method of detecting intruders and generating alarms. The system should be monitored for intruder alarms by a monitoring station and be able to coordinate a response. The supplier must have a method of verifying patrols (patrol tagging system, vehicle tracking etc.) and be able to provide reports detailing this. • High value items will be stored in agreed designated locations with any towable equipment fitted with anti-theft mechanisms. • All store containers, offices, enclosed waste skips etc shall remain locked when not in use with the keys located within the safe in the site office under the security of the Works Manager / Designated Person. • Specific work areas will be fenced off as detailed in applicable RAMS. • Compounds will be secured at times when not in use.

BBV will risk assess the site locations, taking account of existing EWC security arrangements, crime statistics, previous site incidents and prospect of trespassers/protesters. An assessment will be made as to the perimeter fencing, access control and additional security measures to be implemented e.g. CCTV, lighting standards, digital time, attendance systems etc. BBV will put in place multiple systems and procedures to prevent opportunistic crime, theft and vandalism.

LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 25 of 26 Plan

Document Title: LIW STP Operation and Maintenance Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01- 0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

9 APPENDIX 1. MS STP O & M Manual 2. MS 19034-HS2 BBV Rev0 STP – Desanding Pump Removal from Separation 3. Organizational Chart

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P08 Date of Rev 06/04/2020 Page 26 of 26

Appendix G LIW STP Management Plan

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 81 of 83

Contract No. 1MC13

LIW STP Management Plan

Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX

Current Date Reason for Author Reviewed By Approved By Revision Approved Review Guillaume P01 Danilo Mertola Thomas Rushe Lefrere

Stakeholder Review Required (SRR) Purpose of SRR ☐ Yes – Please Specify Below ☐ Comment ☒ No ☐ Information Click or tap here to enter text. ☐ Approval

Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Review Required

Team Yes/No Name Position Date Quality Yes Yiota Alexopoulou Quality Manager Health and Safety Health & Safety Yes Paul Whyte Manager Environment & Environmental Yes Caroline O’Connor Sustainability Manager Mechanical Other teams if required Yes Thomas Retailleau Superintendent

Contents

1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE 4 1.1 Purpose 4 1.2 Scope 4 2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 5 2.1 Contract 5 2.2 Standards 5 2.3 Associated BBV Procedures 5 2.4 The BBV Way 6 3 ABBREVIATIONS 7 4 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ORGANISATION 8 4.1 Personnel 8 5 OPERATION OF THE SLURRY TREATMENT PLANT 12 5.1 General 12 5.2 General Description 16 5.3 Main STP Functions 21 5.3.1 Dirty Water Cleaning 22 5.3.2 Use of Polymers 22 5.4 STP / TBM Communication 23 5.5 STP Performance and Expected Geology 23 5.6 Lifting Plan 25 5.7 Site Completion 25

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 2 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

6 POLLUTION CONTROL 25 6.1 Pollution Control 25 6.2 Monitoring and Control 26 6.2.1 Monitoring 26 6.2.2 Measurements 26 6.3 PIC Control 27 6.4 Health and Safety Equipment 27 6.5 Environmental 28 6.6 Waste Acceptance 28 6.7 Spill Control 28 6.8 Ground Water Risk 30 6.11 Odour Release 31 6.12 Vermin and Pest Control 31 6.13 Site Emergency Arrangements 31 6.13.1 First Aid Arrangements 31 6.13.2 Evacuation Procedure 31 6.13.3 Fire Safety 32 6.13.4 Security 32 7 APPENDIX 33

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 3 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE 1.1 Purpose The aim of the Long Itchington Wood (LIW) tunnel Slurry Treatment Plant Management Plan (STPMP) is to ensure the plant operations and materials used on site are managed efficiently, waste is disposed of legally and material recycling, reuse and recovery is maximised. This plan establishes the arrangements to manage the environmental risks associated with waste management on the tunnel discipline section of this project and details how monitoring and inspections (both desk-based and on- site) will be used to ensure that the agreed waste management procedures are adhered to and supported by the relevant documentation. All contractors providing a product or service will be required to provide evidence, such as a method statement, a part of which will demonstrate how they will control waste management risks that may arise from undertaking their works. All contractors will adopt these procedures for the duration of working on the Project. All parties involved in these works must ensure that they are aware of their duties under relevant UK waste legislation. They must make themselves and their employees familiar with the content of this STPMP and work within the management system defined therein. The procedures contained within it do not prejudice any statutory requirements and guidelines that might be in force anytime within the Project life. Any new legislation or change of standards shall be distributed and briefed to staff. The Environmental Manager is responsible for reviewing the STPMP on a quarterly basis or when there is a significant change to risk and opportunities and seeking approval from HS2 for any significant changes. It should be read as a live document which reflects current understanding and assessment of risks and the relevant controls. This plan incorporates COVID-19 and how BBV will manage restrictions imposed by government and guidance provided by Public Health England and NHS. Covid-19 will be managed on site by BBV via its BBV’s Site Operating Procedure During Covid-19 Pandemic – ref: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001- 000035. It should be understood that this procedure has been issued to all persons managing and supervising works on site and key requirements briefed to all persons on site.

1.2 Scope This plan (STPMP) has been produced for the safe delivery of the different activities covered in the operation of the STP. It covers the specific safety, health and wellbeing arrangements that will be implemented and managed by Balfour Beatty VINCI (BBV), in liaison with its supply chain. The main activities covered in the STP Plan are the following: • STP operations • STP/TBM communication • STP Performance in relation with geology • Monitoring and control • Pollution control

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 4 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

2.2 Standards • ISO 9001: 2015 Quality Management System • ISO 14001: 2015 Environmental Management System • ISO 45001: 2018 Occupational Health and Safety

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 5 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Document Title Document Number Safe use of Plant, Vehicles and work equipment 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-000013 Plan Plant People Interface Procedure 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000012 Managing the risk of UG/OH Services & 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000006 Excavations Drug and Alcohol Procedure 1MC08-09-IBBV-HS-PRO-N000-000051 Excavation Procedure 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000031 Local Traffic Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-TM-PLN-N001-000002 Commitment Compliance Plans 1MC08-BBV-SE-PLN-N001-000003 and 1MC09-BBV-SE-PLN-N002-000002 Specific Emergency Preparedness Incident 1MC08-BBV-HS-TEM-N001-000001 Response Plan Template Accident/Incident Reporting Procedure 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000004 Logistics Environmental, Sustainability and 1MC08-BBV-CL-MAN-N001-000001 Safety Management Plan – N1 and N2 BBV HSEQS Conditions Docment 1MC08-09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Approved Competence Cards guidance 1MC08-09-IBBV-HS-GDE-N000-000004 BBV Roles and H&S Responsibilities 1MC08-09-IBBV-HS-GDE-N000-000007 BBV Site Operating Procedure during Covid 19 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000035 Pandemic PPE Standards 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000032 LIW STP Operation and Maintenance 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000001 Procedures

The BBV Way

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 6 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

3 ABBREVIATIONS

HS2 High Speed Two Limited, also referred to as “HS2” or “EMPLOYER” BBV Balfour Beatty VINCI LIWT Long Itchington Wood Tunnel RAMS Risk Assessment and Method Statement H&S Health & Safety SSoW Safe System of Work SIDME Serious Incident, Disaster and Major Emergency PIC Person-In-Charge RAMS Risk Assessment Method Statement SSoW Safe System of Work STPMP Slurry Treatment Plant Management Plan STP Slurry Treatment Plant WTP Water Treatment Plant TBM Tunnel Boring Machine VDTBM Variable Density Tunnel Boring Machine WASP Work Area Security Plan VOC Volatile Organic Compounds SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition PLC Programmable Logic Controller

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 7 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

4 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ORGANISATION 4.1 Personnel BBV JV Tunnel Production Team The Tunnel Production Team is led by the Tunnel Works Manager and is responsible for the tunnel production. The production team operates the TBM, STP and other ancillary equipment and arranges the supply of materials to and from the TBM and STP including storage and disposal to meet the programmed production rates.

The BBV JV Production Team consists of: • Tunnel Works Manager • TBM / Tunnel Supervisor (Pit Boss) • TBM Lead Miner • TBM Operator • TBM Crew • STP Supervisor • STP Operator • Surface Compound Foreman • Lifting Supervision / Crew(s) • Ancillary equipment operators

ROLE Reports To: Main Responsibilities • Experienced Tunneller Tunnel Works Tunnel Manager / • Delivery of the works in accordance with the Manager Deputy Tunnel construction programme and Quality Manager management Plan • Experience in leading tunnel crews • Control and organise the day to day operation of the tunnnelling works including excavation, TBM / Tunnel ringbuilding, grouting, cutterhead interventions Supervisor (Pit Tunnel Works and tunnel logistics Boss) Manager • Ensure tunnel works are carried out in a safe manner and to the specified quality requirements • Conduct SHE inspections and implement any corrective actions • Organise and control the individual tasks and TBM / Tunnel TBM Lead crew of the TBM Supervisor (Pit Miner • Ensure the ringbuilding and grouting operation Boss) are conducted to the correct quality

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 8 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

ROLE Reports To: Main Responsibilities • Experienced Multi-mode TBM Operator TBM / Tunnel • Operating the TBM according to the TBM TBM Operator Supervisor (Pit Operator’s Instruction manual Boss) • Coordinate with TBM Shift Engineer to analyse the TBM operating performance • Experienced Tunnel crew • Familiar with Multi-mode TBM operation TBM / Tunnel Able to follow instruction and carry out tasks TBM Crew Supervisor (Pit • required for TBM excavation and ringbuilding Boss) operations • Able to work in a safe manner • Control the site mechanical team • Ensure all personnel, materials and equipment STP Supervisor are in place to conduct mechanical fabrication, Section Engineer installation and maintenance works including tunnel service extensions • Operate the STP from the control room • Arrange the cleaning and up keep of the plant STP Operator STP Supervisor • Inform the STP supervisor of any operational problems or changes in material and parameters • Planning and coordinating material deliveries to support the TBM production Surface • Manage storage and handling of materials on Compound Tunnel Works site Foreman Manager • Manage muckaway • Lead and organise all surface personnel • Arrange for the unloading and storage of Lifting Supervision / materials on site Lifting Crew Surface Compound • Organise and implement all lifting operations in Foreman the Main Compound to supply and service the TBM

BBV JV Plant Team The Tunnel Plant Team is led by the Senior Plant Manager and is responsible for providing suitable plant and equipment for tunnelling works in time to meet the programme and to develop and manage the maintenance regime for all plant and equipment. The BBV JV Tunnel Plant Team consists of: • Senior Plant Manager • Surface Plant Manager • Mechanical TBM Superintendent • Mechanical Foreman • Electrical Foreman • PPM Fitter Supervisor

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 9 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

• Automation Supervisor • Fitters • Electricians • Welders

ROLE Reports To: Main Responsibilities • Plan and manage the equipment requirements of Construction the Project including sourcing equipment through Senior Plant Manager / Tunnel the JV partner companies Manager Manager • Plan and coordinate design, delivery, assembly and operation with TBM and STP suppliers • Plan and supervise STP and WTP assembly, commissioning and operation • Plan and coordinate installation and operation of Surface Plant Senior Plant all surface plant including batching plant, Manager Manager compressed air installations, gantry cranes and water supply • Ensure consumable stock for surface facilities is ordered and maintained • Supervise and control TBM assembly, TBM Mechanical Senior Plant maintenance and cutterhead maintenance TBM Manager • Coordinate with Mechanical Foreman to carry Superintendent out necessary mechanical works

Senior Plant • Control and coordinate TBM and STP Automation Manager automation systems and the data acquisition and Supervisor tunnel communication systems

• Control the site mechanical team Ensure all personnel, materials and equipment Mechanical Senior Plant • are in place to conduct mechanical fabrication, Foreman Manager installation and maintenance works including tunnel service extensions • Control the site electrical team Ensure all personnel, materials and equipment Electrical Senior Plant • are in place to conduct electrical installations Foreman Manager and maintenance works including tunnel service extensions and high voltage works • Maintain all PPM records on site Mechanical and • Issue PPM Check sheets for all plant on site PPM Fitter Electrical Foreman • Conduct PPM checks for major plants except TBM • All temporary mechanical installations on site Mechanical Mechanical • All mechanical trouble-shooting and repairs Fitters Foreman • All mechanical maintenance and checks

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 10 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

ROLE Reports To: Main Responsibilities • All temporary electrical installations on site Electricians Electrical Foreman • All electrical trouble-shooting and repairs • All electrical inspections and checks

Tunnelling Labour Suppliers Responsible to the Main Contractor’s Project Management for the successful completion of the construction of the works. This will include but not limited to: • Co-operating fully with the BBV JV Project Management team ensuring compliance with the HASMP, RAMS and all other SHE policies. • Assisting BBV JV Project Management in the planning of the Works to ensure programme targets are achieved. • Supplying suitably experienced and qualified labour necessary for the Tunnelling Works, including above ground logistics/attendance, underground logistics/attendance, excavation, all sprayed and cast concrete both temporary and permanent, installation of permanent and temporary steelwork and any other temporary works required for the successful construction of the works • Supply suitably experienced and qualified labour in compliance with Civils and M&E Competence and Qualification Matrix, refer to IMC08-09-IBBV-HS-GDE-N000-000004 Approved Competence Cards Guidance. • Supplying suitably qualified and experienced site supervision

Working Hours • 24/7 working, 07:00 to 19:00 and 19:00 to 07:00

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 11 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

5 OPERATION OF THE SLURRY TREATMENT PLANT 5.1 General The High Speed 2 Phase 1 Project (HS2) will be a new high-speed track linking London to West Midlands. At the North of the Project, in Lot N1 close to Birmingham, two twin-bore tunnels for a total of 7.3m, namely Bromford and Long Itchington Wood (LIW) will be constructed. The Long Itchington Wood Tunnel (See Figure 1) is located approximately 30 miles southeast of Birmingham passing beneath the Long Itchington Wood between the Wood Farm Cottage Cattery nearby the village of Ufton and the Dallas Burston Polo Club nearby the City of Southam. The direction of the 2 tunnel drives is from North to South. The TBM launching portal and reception pit will be constructed as end sections of respectively the Ufton Wood Cutting and the Long Itchington Wood Green Tunnel. The twin bore tunnels measuring 1.58km will be constructed using the Variable Density Tunnel Boring Machine (VDTBM) technology from Herrenknecht Figure 1 – Long Itchington Wood Tunnel

An indicative layout of the STP is included in Figure 2, showing the configuration of the various key components. The STP is located within the LIW North Portal Tunnel Compound, with which it shares infrastructure. The entire North Portal tunnel compound is provided with security fencing and security to prevent unauthorised access. There are additional security controls to the STP from the wider compound, to help ensure good traffic management and minimise the risk of untrained staff being in the operational area. Figure 2 - STP Long Itchington Wood Tunnel

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 12 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

The STP in Long Itchington Wood Tunnel Project has been designed and fabricated by MS in France and assembled on prepared foundations by BBV JV. The Supplier is responsible in the design of the equipment including process studies, flow material balances, software and automatisms, layout drawings, electrical and mechanical detailed design including calculations, foundation general drawings with ground loadings, operating and working procedures, maintenance books, quality procedures, erection procedures with method statement, risk assessment, documentation for submittals, H&S and environmental requirements and spare parts recommendations. The excavated material will be pumped as a slurry material from the TBM to be treated on the surface using a specialist processing plant called the Slurry Treatment Plant. The treatment process consists of a STP which treats the slurry to remove coarse and then fine particulate matter, following dosing with a suitable filter aid (hydrated lime), resulting in a filter cake material. This is tested to confirm its suitability for recovery in the designated landscaping scheme under the CL:AIRE Definition of Waste: Code of Practice (DoWCoP). The treated material will be reused to form the profile of landscaped areas sitting beneath topsoil and subsoil layers in accordance with the agreed project landscaping scheme. Some produced filter cake material may be subject to further geotechnical treatment with lime or cement in order to meet the moisture content requirements for the landscaping scheme. This dosing is likely to primarily be weather dependent. The properties of the remaining slurry are checked and adjusted if required before it is recirculated and pumped back to the TBM. The STP will be installed in an area close to the tunnel entrance, see Figure 2. The distance between the tunnel portal and the STP is about 450m. Any excess water created by the process will be treated on site using a Water Treatment Plant (WTP) where pH correction can take place before being discharged either to the attenuation pond or

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 13 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only recycled back to and used in the STP process. Figures 3 and 4 below show the general layout of the STP.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 14 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Figure 3 – STP General Layout

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 15 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Figure 4 – 3D STP General Layout

The document attached at Appendix A “ Operating Manual – Slurry Treatment Plant” and at Appendix B “Operating Manual – Water Treatment Plant” provides detailed information about the plant and its components. The different processes are listed below: • Separation Section (composed of Scalping, Desanding, Desilting Units) • Storage and transfer of desanded slurry • Preparation of fresh slurry (Bentomix) • Preparation of limed slurry through lime milk preparatory to prepare the slurry before pressing • Filter Press Section • Water Management & pH neutralization • Water Treatment Plant

5.2 General Description The STP flow sheet attached at Appendix C. When the TBM is running the excavated slurry is pumped to the Separation Section and arrives in the scalping part. The scalping part comprises a rotating screen called the Trommel. The Trommel is used to separate and remove the larger material (greater than 6mm). The plus 6mm material is sent to the stockpile conveyor (CV) whilst the pulp (the sand, silt, extra fines and water) is transferred by gravity to the two double compartment tanks (T11 – T21) and then is pumped by two pumps (SP11 – SP21) to feed four 750mm diameter cyclones (CY11 – CY21).

The overflowing products are pumped by two pumps (SP12 – SP22) and are directed towards the second stage composed of two sets of twelve 250mm diameter cyclones (CY12 – CY22).

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 16 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

The Desanded Slurry flows by gravity from the overflow tanks to the B2 distribution tank. Part of that slurry is injected back to the TBM via two other tanks B1a, B1. According to its viscosity and its density, some fresh bentonite and clear water (fresh water & recycled water) can be added from the water tanks B4 and B6 towards B2 to achieve the dilution of the slurry.

The sandy mud is pumped from the desanding tank to the cyclones. The cyclones separate the sand and the mud. The wet sand is shaked dry on the dewatering screen and sent to the conveyor. The desanded mud is sent to the desilting tank. See Appendix 1 MS STP – Desanding Details.

Figure 5 - Separation Plant

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 17 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

The underflow products of the two stages (cyclones 750 & 250) are dewatered by 2 vibrating dewatering screens (DW1 – DW2). The sand issued from the dewatering screens falls onto the collecting conveyor (CV) to store the sand on a stockpile. The excess of desanded slurry due to the addition of fresh slurry is automatically calculated by the PLC and is transferred using a regulation valve and a flow meter to B3 tank. This tank is the main storage for the excess slurry before being transferred to the silo. Before transfer to silo a quantity of lime through lime milk preparation is injected to better prepare the slurry for treatment.

Figure 6 – 3D View of the STP Layout

Figure 7 – Top View of the STP Layout

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 18 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

The treatment of excess slurry is composed of five filter-press bays. The final products are refenced as cakes which are stored under the presses before their transport to another part of the site for reuse in landscaping outside of this permitted area. The filtrates – the water recovered during pressing – are recovered into the circuit to be reused for the slurry dilution or general washing.

Figure 8 – Filter Presses

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 19 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

By using limed slurry, recycled water pH is alkaline and is neutralized by acidification with acid. Points of injection are in B6 tank to neutralize the filtrates coming in by batch. When the pH is in the correct scale the final reject is allowed. The WTP will treat wastewater from both the tunnel portal during excavation and from the STP. Like the STP the WTP removes firstly the larger material (greater than 6mm) on the first compartment of the dewatering screen. The pulp (the sands and water) passing through the screen fall into the tank below where the pump feeds one 440mm diameter cyclone. The cyclone overflow is stored in a buffer and mixing tank whereas the underflow is further dewatered on the second compartment of the dewatering screen. The desanded wastewater is then treated in a settling tank after addition of coagulant and flocculent. The clear water overflow is stored in a specific tank, where its pH is adjusted by addition of acid if required. When the volume of clear water becomes sufficient it is either discharged into the sewer network or transferred by pump to the B6 tank located in the STP. The flocculated clay and fines settle at the bottom of the settling unit, where they concentrate. When the level of slurry is high enough, it is pumped to the STP to be transformed using the STP filter presses into solid cakes. The filter cake is transferred from the release area using front loading shovels. The cake is subject to moisture level checking prior to transfer to the landscaping areas. In the event that the measured cake moisture level is too high, cake may be dosed with a low percent of lime powder, prior to storage and placement.

Figure 9 – Water Treatment Plant unit

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 20 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

5.3 Main STP Functions Upon arrival at the STP, the incoming slurry is subject to a de-sanding operation in order to remove larger, coarse, particulate matter from the predominately Mercia Mudstones and water mixture. This is removed from the incoming slurry in the STP through a sequential series of separation processes. Figure 10 illustrates the sequence of the processes. Figure 10 – Flow Chart Mud Separation

To summarize the general operation, the STP can be understood as a group of three main functions: 1) SEPARATION: comprises a Trommel and two stages of hydro cyclones. Its function is to remove rocks, sand and silts from the slurry. The output materials are collected by a conveyor belt and transferred outside for stockpile and removal. The main flow is transferred to the SLURRY MANAGEMENT 2) SLURRY MANAGEMENT: comprised of slurry tanks, water tanks, main bentonite tank, excess slurry tank and associated pumps and instruments. Its function is to maintain the slurry standard regardless of incoming material. The acceptable slurry is recycled to the TBM. The excess slurry is discarded to the SLURRY DEHYDRATATION. 3) SLURRY DEHYDRATATION: comprised of lime addition and a set of filter-presses to convert the discarded slurry into filtrates (clear water – to be recycled) on one side and cakes (dry compacted minerals) on the other side. Filtrates are treated for internal re-use in slurry management. Cakes are released outside to be stockpiled and reused as earthworks fill material. 4) STOCKPILING - The solid output from the trommels and cyclones are transferred from the separation units by covered conveyors. These materials are then combined and stockpiled together. The outputs are checked and utilised within the landscaping scheme as non-waste under the DoWCoP. The output from the filter presses bays will be transferred directly by vehicle and utilised within the landscaping scheme as non-waste under the DoWCoP.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 21 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

The flow and the route of the slurry cycle are controlled from the TBM using “P1” and “P2” pumps. It will be: • A mucking cycle while excavating • A by-pass cycle to clean the slurry/mucking pipes • No flow when the TBM doesn’t require it

5.3.1 Dirty Water Cleaning The buffer tank B7, is used for the storage of ‘thin slurry’, primarily water, from non-slurry sources within the STP. This will include cleaning operations within the STP; cleaning arisings within the tunnels; and other water arisings within the tunnels such as seepage. In the event of any leaks or spillages within the STP operational area, these materials will also be transferred to tank B7. Liquids stored within B7 are generally captured within the drainage system of the STP and tunnel, and transferred to the tank, via a small de-sanding unit located on the top of the main slurry de-sanding plant. Separated materials from the de-sander are transferred into the slurry treatment processes at the STP. Liquids within tank B7 are transferred to tanks B1-1 and B1-2 for incorporation into the regenerated slurry. If there is no outlet into these tanks due to the TBM’s being offline for a sustained period, then the tank’s contents are diverted through the filter presses for dehydration and landscape placement. Excess water can also be transferred to the site wide settlement pond, where it is stored prior to cleaning and either reuse within the wider site or release into the environment under the terms of a discharge consent environmental permit. The STP has been designed to be as robust as possible, in order to minimise the risk of the TBM’s being required to stop due to a lack of slurry treatment capacity. The individual banks of filter presses can be isolated for maintenance purposes, or in the event of a filter break down. The secondary control unit is located at the filter banks for this purpose. A range of routine filter spares are stored at the site, in order to minimise operational delays due to loss of a filter bank. In the event that a filter cloth fails, the bank will be isolated until the filter cloth has been replaced. Any slurry which is spilt to the ground will be removed and returned to the incoming slurry tank for processing. Any liquids from the spillage will be captured within the site drainage system.

5.3.2 Use of Polymers It is currently planned that following operational trials, polymers will be used to aid the pressing of the cake, rather than lime. Although laboratory scale trials have demonstrated the viability of this approach, operational trials need to be undertaken in order to confirm cake separation from the filter material. Polymer dosing would occur at a lower level than lime (approx. 0.075-0.125kg/tonne dry solids against approx. 50kg/tonne dry solids for lime). The filtrate would also be close to neutral pH following pressing and therefore, acid neutralisation of the filtrate would no longer be required. The laboratory data shows that the polymer treated cake will be suitable for landscape placement.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 22 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

We wish to request a pre-operational condition, for a trial of the polymer-based additive. This trial will involve the use of polymer within the process, at differing concentrations to determine the practicalities and optimal use of polymer. The trial will be followed by a written report detailing the proposed concentration of polymer to be used within the trial and demonstrating that there is no impact on the quality of the filter cake.

Figure 10 – Flow and Route

5.4 STP / TBM Communication The TBM and STP are linked in the following ways: • To the site phone network to communicate • Via a Local Area Network to share information The Network communication between the STP and the TBM is for records and monitoring only. There is no interaction between the STP and the TBM automatic control. Information is exchanged to help both operators to interact, but the start and stop sequences are operated separately. The separation equipment must run to allow the TBM to run the slurry cycles. Other areas are controlled by the STP with no direct impact to the TBM – preparation of Main Bentonite or pressing the slurry for example will not interact with the underground operation.

5.5 STP Performance and Expected Geology The hourly slurry plant input flow rate is up to 1,750m3/h (maximum 42,000m3 per day). On average 2,650m3 of filter cake would be generated each day with peak of up to 6,000m3. In addition, there will

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 23 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only be approximately 1,000m3 of coarse particulates separated from the slurry generated per day, which will also be used within the proposed landscaping scheme. In total it is anticipated that 220,000 tonne of coarse material will be removed via the conveyor belt from the Separation section. It is anticipated that 79,000 tonne of cake will be removed by the filter presses in the Filter Press section. The removal of material for reuse from both the Separation and Filter Press sections and transportation to other areas on-site for landscaping works will be undertaken either directly by BBV or by an approved subcontractor. Remove this section>>>The management of the muckaway operation is covered in detail in a specific RAMS and is attached at Appendix D – “Tunnelling Muckaway Procedure” (5000741517-SN- WMS-99-10-0-0125)

Parameter Value TBM excavation diameter 9600 mm TBM cross section 72.38 m² TBM boring speed 65 mm/min maximum Ring length 2000 mm Excavated length 2 x 1580m Slurry flow 1750m³/h Geology 1) Mercia Mudstones (2 x 1515 m) - 1515 rings 2) Penarth Group (2 x 65m) - 65 rings

Progress Progress dependent on the geology: 1) 8 rings/shift – 16m/shift 2) 16 rings/day – 32m/day

Slurry density from TBM to STP Depends on the considered soil: 1) 1,255

24 h/day, 7 days / week (07:00 - 19:00 and 19:00 - Working time for TBM operation 07:00)

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 24 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

24 h/day, 7 days / week (07:00 - 19:00 and 19:00 - Working time for STP operation 07:00)

5.6 Lifting Plan Lift plans will be produced for the following lifting operations: • All lifting equipment operations – specific to plant item make / model • Lift plans shall consist of specific Lift Plan load schedules Note - all lift plans must be prepared by an experienced and competent person and approved by a BBV Appointed Person for lifting operations. Lifting operations must be undertaken in accordance with the BBV JV Lifting Operations Procedure, ref: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N0001-000013 and associated Lift Plan and guidance.

5.7 Site Completion Upon site completion the STP will be dismantled and removed from site. A detailed method statement and associated risk assessment will be produced for this task.

6 POLLUTION CONTROL 6.1 Pollution Control There are no direct emissions to air, land or sewer from the process. There is the potential for releases of water to surface water, via releases to the wider site surface water management system from the treated pH adjusted buffer tank, B6.3 Such releases are only anticipated in the event that the STP has a greater volume of water stored than is currently required by TBM operations The site wide water management system sits outside the permit boundary. For completeness, excess water will be transferred via the WTP to the attenuation pond, following appropriate treatment in the water treatment plant (WTP). The clean water will be released into the watercourse in accordance with the relevant water discharge environmental permit. Note: This is a non-hazardous waste management activity, which is a non-listed activity under Schedule 1 of the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (EPR), due to involving the physico-chemical treatment of non-hazardous waste for the purposes of recovery. The Slurry Treatment Plant will not emit odours or Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs), fibres, vapours, gases or aerosols. The cakes from the filter press will be deposited into a designated bay beneath the presses. This bay will be enclosed on three sides with an open front to allow easy evacuation by wheeled loader. The nature of the material to be treated by the Slurry Treatment Plant is such that it will not contain substances that will attract pests or scavengers, or produce/release litter. The TBM’s will operate on a 24 hour per day basis, excluding maintenance periods. However, although TBM`s operate continuously, boring operations are subject to a series of pauses during the day for the installation of support rings and lengthening of slurry pipes. The Slurry Treatment Plant will be in operation 24/7. The shift patterns will be subject to change in accordance to the TBM production programme.

The STP production team will comprise six dedicated duty holders per shift and will comprise the following that will be responsible for overseeing the operation and ensuring that the equipment is performing correctly:

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 25 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

• STP Supervisor • STP Operator • Mechanical Fitter • Electrician • STP Labourer – Separation Plant • STP Labourer – Filter Press Plant • Plant Manager (day shift only) • Tunnel Manager (day shift only)

6.2 Monitoring and Control There is a laboratory for testing and monitoring of cake and slurry quality located within the STP, along with a control room staffed 24 hours per day, with SCADA based controls for plant operation.

6.2.1 Monitoring Two operation modes are possible: automatic and manual, the automatic mode being the normal mode to operate the plant. The supervision station, connected to the programmable logic controller (PLC), gives precise information, through synoptic sheets together with access to the working parameters. A page-by-page view allows a better monitoring of the automatic cycles. The operation parameters and the setting parameters are stored and could be used for statistic calculations and graphic printing. The alarms and the defects display with the troubleshooting help are handled by a separate device. The automatic functions are handled by a programmable logic controller (PLC). The PLC will be dedicated to the handling of the tasks directly connected to the TBM operation: desanding, slurry management, fresh slurry preparation. The PLC will be handling also the waste sludge management including storage, and, if option is selected, preparation of the slurry before pressing and pressing operation.

6.2.2 Measurements As a minimum, three main types of information will be recorded by the Slurry Treatment Plant PLC: 1. Density: Monitoring of the density shall be continuously performed at least at the following points of the process: • Desanding-Desilting section outlet • Excess Mud tank outlet 2. Flows: Monitoring of the flows shall be continuously performed at the following points of the process: Slurry adjustment tank inlets: Desanding / Desilting units outlets: • Bentonite addition (fresh bentonite tank outlet) • Clear water addition (fresh water tank outlet) • Slurry waste (waste bentonite tanks inlet) Scalping units washing system inlet: • Clear water addition 3. Weights: As a minimum the Supplier shall provide a system to enable continuous monitoring of the weights of spoils issued from the scalping units and the dewatering screens.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 26 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

As part of the normal STP operation sampling and testing of the slurry and material is carried out at regular intervals. The frequency ranges from 2 number tests per ring of excavation to daily and weekly tests depending on the check to be performed. The tests that will be performed by the STP competent Supervisor and Operator. In addition, both the STP and WTP will issue a shift report in excel format detailing all flows, volumes and consumption including volume and pH of any discharges during the 12 and 24 hour period. The BBV JV environmental team will ensure that sampling at the discharge point is carried out in line with client’s requirements. The sampling regime also includes samples which are to be sent for independent analysis at an accredited laboratory.

6.3 PIC Control The programmable logic controller (PLC) shall control the following points: • Start & Stop: The PLC will monitor the sequential start/stop of the desanding units together with the operation defects. • Slurry monitoring: the information about the flows and the densities of the slurry is sent to the PLC. • Fresh slurry preparation: based on the concentration entered by the operator, the PLC operates the preparation cycles in order to fill the storage tank. • pH treatment: the information from the pH meters is processed by the PLC to calculate the quantity of acid to be injected. • P1-1 feed pump: the pump and the associated valves are not part of the supply, they are operated from the TBM control cabin. • Lime addition to mud: based on the concentration entered by the Operator, the PLC operates the preparation cycles in order to add the correct quantity of lime milk. • FeCl3 addition to mud: based on the Lime Percentage Addition and the pH of the Excess Mud, the PLC operates the preparation cycles in order to add the correct quantity of FeCl3. • Mud storage and preparation before pressing: the mud preparation cycle is started according to the sludge level in the tank & silo. The lime addition is monitored by the PLC. • Filter-press: when the level in the silo allows to start the pressing cycle, the PLC operates the filter-press. Parameters optimising the pressing cycles may be modified by the Operator.

6.4 Health and Safety Equipment Personnel health and safety is considered during the Slurry Treatment Plant design. A Design Risk Register including the erection, operation and dismantling of the STP is part of the deliverables. It identifies, collates, monitors and ultimately reduces as part of the design process risks related to the activities (e.g. slips and trips, access/egress, access in desanding unit, noise, air quality/gas, electrical, emergency escapes, fire, entrapments, falling objects,).

HAZOP workshop(s) led by the Supplier with BBV will create a systematic technique to identify potential Hazard and Operating problems that may represent risks to personnel or equipment (e.g. it identifies malfunctions during operations). Emergency stops are placed in specific areas of the Slurry Treatment Plant; their position is displayed on the control panel, when activated. The slurry circuit must be stopped when an emergency stop has

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 27 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only been activated. TBM emergency stops will not stop the Slurry Treatment Plant, but a signal will be displayed in the STP control cabin. Conformity controls and tests performed by entitled personal or approved technical control organisations are included in the supply. Corresponding conformity certificates, established by the approved technical control organisation, shall be handed over at the end of Factory tests. Engraved conformity plates shall be fixed on the corresponding equipment. A Health and Safety Plan specific to the conditions of the project is prepared by the Supplier for the Slurry Treatment Plant erection and operation. For the maintenance during exploitation, the Supplier shall describe for every circuit, the measures that shall be taken prior to any maintenance or circuit repair (Separation, Condemnation, Drainage, Verification, and Identification). In the working area dispositions shall be taken in order to protect the personnel in case of pipes blow-ups. (Metallic cover, etc.). The Supplier must provide proper access and working platforms around all the main equipment for operating and maintenance. Dedicated areas for storage of parts to be replaced shall be study. Ladders should be avoided as much as possible and replaced by staircases when possible.

6.5 Environmental Biodegradable and fire-resistant compounds will be used. Hydraulics fluids shall be type HFDU. The Supplier(s) will gather technical data for selected products from that list and make an analysis of the impact of each compound and then submit it to the Purchaser for approval. In the design of the STP, means to deal with possible leaks and cleaning water under the main components will be implemented (200m3 collecting basin) under the desanding/desilting section. A specific emergency basin (200m3) capacity to deal with pumping tanks overflows.

6.6 Waste Acceptance

The STP is constructed on a concrete base specially constructed for the purpose in LIW Tunnel Compound. The structure is temporary in nature and receives slurry material via the purpose built steel pipeline structures. Water from WTP will be discharged to the ditch which goes through the attenuation pond and is covered by Schedule 33.5.

6.7 Spill Control The plant consists of a number of single walled bolted steel tanks, located within a low primary bund located on a concrete slab. The slab has a sumps and closed a closed surface drainage system within it, from where any liquid retained within it is pumped into tank B7.

The de-sanding plant sits within a concrete basin designed to capture any leaks or spillages. These materials are pumped back into the start of the process for reprocessing. Tanks are laid out with a logical flow, with some tanks duplicated to allow slurry from each TBM to be handled separately. This reduces individual tank capacity and provides a degree of redundancy for maintenance. The majority of tanks share the same structure, bolted steel construction. All steel tanks

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 28 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only are fixed / anchored into the concrete slab. All tanks are lined internally with a waterproof member. Prior to use, all tanks have been water tested to demonstrate that they are watertight. The only tank which is an exception is a plastic tank utilised for the storage of sulphuric acid with a capacity of 30m3 (30,000 litres). Due to potential incompatibilities, both between the tank contents and any bund contents; and the primary bund and tank construction material; the acid tank is separately bunded to 110% capacity of the acid tank. The bund has an acid resistant surface finish. All pipe runs within the plant are located above ground to allow for visual inspection and monitoring. Where pipe runs cross access roads, all items are positioned within troughs which are equipped with covers for inspection. Surrounding the STP slurry management area perimeter, a 450mm high bund wall constructed as a contingency measure will capture a liquid in the event of an excessive spillage. The plant consists of a number of single walled bolted steel tanks, located within a low primary bund located on a concrete slab. The slab has a sumps and closed a closed surface drainage system within it, from where any liquid retained within it is pumped into tank B7. The de-sanding plant sits within a concrete basin designed to capture any leaks or spillages. These materials are pumped back into the start of the process for reprocessing. Tanks are laid out with a logical flow, with some tanks duplicated to allow slurry from each TBM to be handled separately. This reduces individual tank capacity and provides a degree of redundancy for maintenance. The majority of tanks share the same structure, bolted steel construction. All steel tanks are fixed / anchored into the concrete slab. All tanks are lined internally with a waterproof member. Prior to use, all tanks have been water tested to demonstrate that they are water tight. The only tank which is an exception is a plastic tank utilised for the storage of sulphuric acid with a capacity of 30m3 (30,000 litres). Due to potential incompatibilities, both between the tank contents and any bund contents; and the primary bund and tank construction material; the acid tank is separately bunded to 110% capacity of the acid tank. The bund has an acid resistant surface finish. All pipe runs within the plant are located above ground to allow for visual inspection and monitoring. Where pipe runs cross access roads, all items are positioned within troughs which are equipped with covers for inspection. Surrounding the STP slurry management area perimeter, a 450mm high bund wall constructed as a contingency measure will capture a liquid in the event of an excessive spillage. In the event of a spill of any COSHH material (including fuels and oils), the person(s) discovering the spill should adopt the following procedures where the spill is safe to handle with standard PPE: 1- STOP any further discharge (e.g. plug/cap) any leaks or position container in such a way that further spill is prevented. 2- CONTAIN spill using equipment available from spill kit stations such as spill pads, booms, spill granules. 3- NOTIFY your Front Line Supervisor depending on severity of spill Where possible all spill materials should be bagged using the blue bags in the spill kits, sealed with zip ties and disposed of in the Hazardous Waste Skip. For dealing with any quantity of spillage i.e. from silos or tanks, the following action will be in place: ▪ Desanding building & B3, B1 tank bund wall will contain the spillage to avoid have it mixed with platform spillage, it will be directed to the STP process. ▪ All other spillage will be directed to the WTP. Dry material (lime, bentonite, cement…) will be manually collected before wash down the area to the platform drainage process then treated through the WTP process.

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 29 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

▪ Both acid tank are equipped with a bund and level sensor to monitor the bund level and avoid any overflow. ▪ Any spillages from the delivery or pipe leak will be washed down to the layout platform drainage and treated through the WTP process. The STP is situated within the greater project site. Spill control kits are located throughout the plant and especially near to delivery and dispensing points. These are located throughout the site and can be found on the site emergency arrangements drawings contained with the plans. Spill control equipment is inspected weekly to ensure the tamper tags are secure and monthly to ensure the contents of drums and bags are in serviceable. The project also has an emergency response contractor who is on 24 hour call if there is a catastrophic incident. (Adler and Allan – 1 hour Mobilisation call out response service level agreement)

6.8 Ground Water Risk The STP surface water management system is captured for reuse within the process. The drainage is directed to tank B7 from where the drainage water is treated through solids removal prior to use in the slurry circuit. In the event of excess drainage water capture, it is sent to tank B3, treated through the filter press, with filtrate water transferred to tank B6.3 for storage or release into the wider North Portal wide site drainage system. The surface water drainage system is equipped with concrete / silt traps to capture particulate matter and oil separators to remove oil residues. There are a number of stopcocks within the drainage system, which may be closed off in the event of an emergency or spillage to isolate potentially contaminated material from the wider site drainage system. The drainage system within the STP is diverted to tank B7 for cleaning and reused. The wider site drainage system is subject to a separate water discharge environmental permit. The site drainage system is designed to ensure any rainwater run-off and or any substance entering the system will be channeled through to the WTP. The STP is bunded around the tank are to ensure that any spill is contained within the structure and any spills can be over-pumped back around the facility. BBV JV developed a Construction Environmental Management Plan (1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN- N001-000012) to deal with water contamination including flooding.

6.9 Noise & Dust Emissions The Control of hazardous substances procedure for more detail (1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N0001- 000020) deals with hazardous substances like dust and to ensure suitable arrangements are in place to deal with any contingency. The de-sanding plant is located within a structural enclosure, designed to minimise noise emissions from this part of the plant. The filter cake storage area comprises several portal frame enclosures which are open along one side for access. The plant includes a number of tanks and silos for the storage of raw materials used within the process. Specific coupling points have been specified for each type of silo or tank to prevent incorrect offloading. Alkali powder silos are well separated from the acid storage. (The separation distance is a minimum of 50m). The offloading points are located to be clear of the main traffic thoroughfares around the plant. The Sands and Clay waste material (cake) produced as part of the STP process will be 20% wet forming a damp material to be stored and later reused as landscaping construction material. The

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 30 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only vehicles leaving the STP plant will be required to exit through a specifically installed wheel wash station if accessing the public highway. The wheel wash station will be maintained in line with the manufacturer’s recommendations and the silty/dirty water is treated at the WTP. Road sweepers will be employed along the access road to ensure that the road surface is cleaned regularly and on a “as required/call off” basis.

6.10 Litter As the TBM and process is underground the likelihood of litter on site is remote. The site has good welfare and waste receptacle assets throughout. The site has 2.4m hoarding / fence and there has been no reports of litter during the construction of the site. Litter is not an envisaged issue.

6.11 Odour Release There are no known or foreseeable odours from the tunneling activity and the workings of the STP or WTP.

6.12 Vermin and Pest Control As with any construction site the threat of vermin and pests is ever present. BBV JV contracted out the pest control on site and around the welfare facility monthly. The contractor controls the threat through active bait boxes, an inspection regime and advisory role on site visits. There have been no reported issues on site. The STP and WTP fall into the same plan and inspections of the plant are included within the contract. The material produced by the STP is not deemed to be a material to which pests are readily drawn to in the first instance.

6.13 Site Emergency Arrangements 6.13.1 First Aid Arrangements First Aid arrangements will be identified via the Specific Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-NS01_NL01-000001. They will be discussed in the project inductions and displayed on site notice boards via the BBV Organisation and Emergency Arrangements Chart (1MC08-BBV-HS-FRM-N001-000020). First aid kits will be available within office and welfare areas along with a defibrillator. The Company considers mental health as equally important as other health risks and operates the following programmes to support this: • Mates in Mind • Employee assistance programme At least one Mental Health First Aider will be available to provide advice and support to those working in these work areas.

6.13.2 Evacuation Procedure The BBV Incident Management Plan (1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-000002) details how BBV will manage serious emergency incidents on site, including non-injury related incidents that have the potential to escalate. A Specific Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan will be produced detailing specific arrangements. This will include response to emergency situations that could arise, for example,

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 31 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only accident, fire, discovery of a suspected UXO, terrorism, suspicious packages, flood/inundation etc. A specific BBV Organisation and Emergency Arrangements Chart (1MC08-BBV-HS-FRM-N001- 000020) will be included in each emergency plan which will be specific to local work areas e.g. North Portal, South Portal etc.

6.13.3 Fire Safety A fire risk assessment and plan will be produced (Template Doc. Ref:1MC08-BBV-HS-TEM-N001- 000002) and will include measures to prevent a fire starting (e.g. control of hot works, smoking and refuelling activities), the method of raising the alarm with all people on site and any firefighting arrangements provided. The plan will also contain details about the need for any temporary fire alarm panels or connections to current fire alarm panels and the need to locate fire alarm equipment (i.e. smoke or heat detectors) that might be affected during the construction phase. Our approach to Fire Management is described in the Project Fire Plan (1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO- N001-000012).

6.13.4 Security Security arrangements are detailed in the overarching Security Management Plan (1MC08-BBV- SC-PLN-N001-000002). Each work area will also have a ‘Work Area Security Plan’ (WASP) which will define specific security arrangements (Security Plan LIW North portal: 1MC08-BBV-SC-PLN- NS01_NL01-000001, Security Plan South Portal : 1MC08-BBV-SC-PLN-NS01_NL01-000003).

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 32 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

7 APPENDIX

1. Appendix A - Operating Manual – Slurry Treatment Plant

2. Appendix B - Operating Manual – Water Treatment Plant

3. Appendix C – STP Flow Sheet

4. Appendix D – Tunnelling Muckaway Procedure

5. Appendix E - STP Laboratory Training Manual

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000110 LIW STP Management Plan Rev P03 Date of Rev 28/04/2020 Page 33 of 34

Document Title: LIW STP Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-0000XX Revision: P01 Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

1MC08_09-IBBV-QY-TEM-N000-000007 Procedure & Management Plan Template Rev P08 Date of Rev 06/04/2020 Page 34 of 34

Appendix H Sub-Lot 1a CEMP

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 82 of 83

Contract No. 1MC13

Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management

Plan

Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045

Current Date Reason for Author Reviewed By Approved By Revision Approved Review Caroline C01 Chris Clare O’Connor

Stakeholder Review Required (SRR) Purpose of SRR ☐ Yes – Please Specify Below ☐ Comment ☒ No ☐ Information Click or tap here to enter text. ☐ Approval

Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Review Required

Team Yes/No Name Position Date Yiota Quality Yes Quality Manager Alexopoulou Health & Safety Yes Paul Whyte Health & Safety Manager Environment & Environmental Yes Ed Warner Sustainability Sustainability Manager Project Yes Guillaume Lefrere Project Manager Management Engineering No Frank O’Connor Construction Director

Revision History

Previous Date Author Reviewed By Approved By Reason for Review Revision Approved

Revision Summary

Paragraph Modified Details of Modification

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 2 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Contents

1 ABBREVIATIONS 6 2 SCOPE AND PURPOSE 8 3 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 10 3.1 Contract 10 3.2 BBV Management Plans 10 3.3 Standards 11 3.4 Associated BBV Procedures 12 3.5 The BBV Way 12 4 RESPONSIBILITIES 13 5 OBJECTIVES AND TARGETS 16 6 SCOPE AND APPLICATION 20 6.1 Construction Location and Layout – Sub Lot 1A 20 7 PLANNING 26 7.1 Environmental Arrangements 26 8 ASPECTS & IMPACTS 27 9 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 30 9.1 Community relations 30 9.2 Working hours 32 9.3 Construction site layout and good housekeeping 32 9.4 Site lighting 33 9.5 Worksite security 33 9.6 Hoardings, fencing and screening 33 9.7 Unexploded ordnance 34 9.8 Electromagnetic interference 34 9.9 Temporary living accommodation 34 9.10 Clearance and re-instatement of sites on completion 34 9.11 Pollution Incident Control and Emergency Preparedness 34 9.12 Interface management between adjacent construction areas 35 10 AGRICULTURE, FORESTRY & SOILS 36 10.1 Sensitive receptors 36 10.2 Local control measures 36 11 AIR QUALITY 38 11.1 Sensitive receptors 38 11.2 Local control measures 39

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 3 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

11.3 Monitoring procedures 40 12 CULTURAL HERITAGE 41 12.1 Sensitive receptors 41 13 ECOLOGY 42 13.1 Sensitive receptors 42 13.2 Local control measures 43 13.3 Monitoring 48 14 LAND QUALITY 49 14.1 Local control measures 49 14.2 Minerals 50 15 LANDSCAPE & VISUAL 51 15.1 Sensitive receptors 51 15.2 Local control measures 51 15.3 Trees 52 15.4 Site buildings for office and welfare 52 16 NOISE & VIBRATION 53 16.1 Sensitive receptors 53 16.2 Local control measures 53 16.3 Monitoring 54 17 TRAFFIC & TRANSPORT 55 17.1 Local control measures 55 18 WASTE & MATERIALS 57 18.1 Local control measures 57 19 WATER RESOURCES & FLOOD RISK 60 19.1 Sensitive receptors 60 19.2 Schedule 33 Part 5 60 19.3 Environmental Permitting 61 19.4 Flood zones 2 & 3 61 19.5 Local control measures 62 20 OPERATIONAL CONTROL 64 20.1 Subcontractor Control 64 21. CO-ORDINATION, COMMUNICATION AND LIAISON 66 20.2 Internal Communication 66 20.3 External Communication 66 20.4 Communication with Statutory Authorities and Regulators 66 20.5 Management of Complaints 67 21 COMPETENCY, ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING AND AWARENESS 68

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 4 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

21.1 Competence of Individuals 68 21.2 Competence of Sub-contractors 68 21.3 Culture and Awareness Promotion 69 22 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSURANCE 70 22.1 Inspections 70 22.2 Sampling, Testing and Monitoring 70 22.3 Auditing 70 23 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE 72 24 INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION 73 25 REPORTING PERFORMANCE AND IMPROVEMENTS 76 APPENDICES 77 APPENDIX A BEST PRACTICABLE MEANS (BPM) 78 APPENDIX B ECOLOGY CONSTRAINT MAPS 79 APPENDIX C SUB LOT 1A COMPOUND LOCATION DRAWING 80 APPENDIX D U&A’S 81

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 5 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

1 ABBREVIATIONS

AEP Annual Exceedance Probability ALO Agricultural Liaison Officer BAS Biological Alert Site BBV Balfour Beatty Vinci BC Business Collaborator BPM Best Practical Means BREEAM Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan CN Compliance Note CoCP Code of Construction Practice COSHH Control of Substances Hazardous to Health CPP Construction Phase Plan DJV Design Joint Venture (Motts & Systra) EA Environment Agency ECoW Ecological Clerk of Works EMP Environmental Management Plan EMR Environmental Minimum Requirements EMS Environmental Management System EPR Environmental Permitting Regulations ES Environment Statement ESMP Ecological Site Management Plan EU European Union EWC Early Works Contractor FRA Flood Risk Assessment GAH Group Asset Handover (Area) GCN Great Crested Newts GWSI Generic Written Scheme of Investigation HERDS Historic Environment Research and Delivery Strategy HORACE HS2 Incident Reporting System HS2 High Speed Two Limited, also referred to as "HS2" or "EMPLOYER" HSE Health, Safety & Environmental HSES Health, Safety, Environment & Sustainability KPI Key Performance Indicator IAQM Institute of Air Quality Management IDR Interdisciplinary Design Review IEMA Institute of Environmental Management & Assessment IMS Integrated Management System INNS Invasive Non-Native Species

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 6 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

LCA Landscape Character Area LEMP Local Environmental Management Plan LLAU Limits of Land to be Acquired & Used LLFA Lead Local Flood Authority LMJV Laing Murphy Joint Venture LNR Local Nature Reserve LOD Limits Of Deviation LS-WSI Location Specific Written Scheme of Investigation LTMP Local Traffic Management Plan LWS Local Wildlife Site MWCC Main Works Civils Contracts NRMM Non-Road Mobile Machinery NTP Notice To Proceed PMU Performance Measurement Update PRoW Public Right of Way PWMS Precautionary Working Method Statement QSHE Quality, Safety, Health & Environment RAMS Risk Assessment Method Statement RTMP Route-wide Traffic Management Plan SBI Site of Biological Importance SINC Site of Importance for Nature Conservation SMART Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic, Timebound SME Small to Medium Sized SoADC Stratford-on-Avon District Council SOI Statement Of Intent SPZ Source Protection Zone SRP Soil Resources Plan SSSI Site of Special Scientific Interest SWMP Site Waste Management Plan TPO Tree Protection Order U&A Undertaking & Assurance UKAS United Kingdom Accreditation Service UXO Unexploded Ordnance WP Work Package

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 7 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

2 SCOPE AND PURPOSE This plan is applicable to all physical work activities undertaken by the Balfour Beatty VINCI Joint Venture (BBV) and its supply chain on the Main Works Civils Contracts (MWCC) for Sub Lot 1A (Chainage; 126+540 to 129+548), project reference 1MC08 (referred to in this document as the Project) for the provision of Design and Construction services in accordance with the requirements of the contract.

This CEMP describes how Environmental Management will be managed on the Sub Lot to ensure that the objectives identified in section 5 are met or exceeded. The overall purpose it to bring together the requirements of the Stratford-on-Avon District Council LEMP; CoCP and the BBV EMS and disseminate at the Sub Lot level and into the supply chain.

Figure 1. Sub Lot CEMP within document hierarchy

This document must be utilised by BBV subcontractors, where applicable, to ensure it is implemented onsite during construction, more details of this are provided in section 20 Operational Control.

This plan should be read in conjunction with the documents listed in section 3.2 and particularly with the sub-sub lot Aspect & Impacts Registers which are ‘live’ documents tracking the site-specific environmental constraints, mitigative actions, action owners and progress towards these.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 8 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

This Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) is written on the basis that BBV are able to undertake their business in the normal manner. Where significant disruption occurs that fundamentally affects the implementation of this Plan (e.g. health pandemic), an addendum will be prepared to describe how the requirements of this document shall be modified for the duration of the disruption. Once any period of disruption has ended, the addendum shall be withdrawn and BBV shall revert to the current version of this document.

This CEMP is informed by a suite of documents and should be read alongside;

• Contract Environmental Management Plan [Ref 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000001] • Topic Management Plans (see Section 3.2) • Aspect & Impacts Registers for Sub Lot 1A: o 1MC08-BBV-EV-REG-N001-000007 – North Portal o 1MC08-BBV-EV-REG-N001-000008 – South Portal • Construction Phase Plan (CPP) [1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-010016] which specifically covers all works within Sub Lot 1 • EWC Handover information held within EWC H&S files

This CEMP will be formally reviewed on a 6-monthly basis, with periodic amendments to reflect both new information that becomes available or to reflect changes in the work scope or in response to a significant environmental incident or significant environmental close call.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 9 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

3 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 3.1 Contract

The main contract documents related to Environment are listed in the Table 1 below.

Table 1: Contract documents Contract document Numbering WI 100 Description of the Works 1MC01-HS2-PR-ITT-000-000398

Sector N1 Works Information 1MC01-HS2-PR-ITT-000-001275

Sector N2 Works Information 1MC01-HS2-PR-ITT-000-001276

WI 285 Sustainability and Environmental 1MC01_HS2-PR-ITT-000-000417 Minimum Requirements, including: General Principles HS2-HS2-EV-STD-000-000002 Annex 1 Code of Construction Practice LWM-HS2-EV-STA-000-000107 Annex 2 Planning Memorandum HS2-HS2-EV-STD-000-000003 Annex 3 Heritage Memorandum HS2-HS2-EV-STD-000-000001 Annex 4 Environmental Memorandum HS2-HS2-EV-STD-000-000004

WI 300 Contractor’s Design 1MC01-HS2-PR-ITT-000-000420

WI 310 Contractors Assurance 1MC01-HS2-PR-ITT-000-001212

WI 890 Consents Management 1MC01-HS2-PR-ITT-000-001172

WI 218 Incident Management 1MC01-HS2-PR-ITT-000-000495

HS2 Environmental Approach HS2-HS2-SU-STER-000-000006

HS2 Phase 1 Environmental Statement and https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/hs2- Additional Provisions phase-one-environmental-statement-documents

HS2 Technical Standards and specifications Baseline 15

3.2 BBV Management Plans

Topic specific HS2 technical standards relevant to environmental disciplines are referenced within the BBV topic specific management plans listed in Table 2 below.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 10 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Table 2: BBV Topic (Environmental) Management Plans

N1/N2 Contract Wide Management Document Document Number [1] Environmental Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000001 [2] Environmental Policy 1MC08-BBV-EV-POL-N001-000001 [3] Environmental Legal Register 1MC08_09-IBBV-EV-REG-N000-000003 [4] Environmental Risks and Opportunities 1MC08_09-IBBV-EV-REG-N000-000004 (Impacts and Aspects Register) [5] Consent Register & Consents 1MC08-BBV-AU-REG-N001-000002 Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-SE-PLN-N001-000001 [6] Commitments Compliance Plan (U&As) 1MC08-BBV-SE-PLN-N001-000003 Rev C01 [7] Air Quality Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000002 [8] Noise and Vibration Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000006 [9] Carbon Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-EV-REP-N001-100006 [10] Site Waste Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000015 [11] Resource Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-SU-PLN-N001-000001 [12] Surface Water and Flood Risk 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000010 Management Plan [13] Water Resources & Efficiency 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000023 Management Plan [14] Biosecurity Management Plan 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000016 [15] Pollution Control Plan 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000019 [16] Ecology and Arboriculture Management 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000020 Plan [17] Setting People to Work Procedure 1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000002 [18] Unexpected Finds Procedure To be added when available [19] BREEAM Infrastructure Strategy, 1MC08-BBV-EV-REP-N001-100053 Quarterly Update & Report [20] Soil Handling and 1MC08-BBV-CL-STR-N001-000002 Management Strategy

3.3 Standards

• ISO 14001: 2015 Environmental Management System • PAS 2080: 2016 Carbon Management in Infrastructure

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 11 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

3.4 Associated BBV Procedures

The BBV Integrated Management System (BBV IMS) has been inspired by our parent companies’ processes. It has been tailored to the specific Main Works Civils Contractor (MWCC) delivery requirements and is compliant with the requirements of ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001. The IMS coverage of the ISO14001 clauses is set out in Appendix 3 of the Contract Environmental Management Plan (1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000001).

BBV have identified the strategic processes that are critical to its operations and interactions throughout all project stages. Subcontractors and suppliers will be required to comply with the minimum requirements of the EMS relevant to their scope of work.

In addition, the DJV constituent companies will operate to their ISO 14001 certified systems. A full list of sub-contractors and their EMS status will be developed during the months following Notice to Proceed (NTP) and will be maintained throughout Stage 2.

The full list of related IMS processes and procedures is detailed in the BBV Way. The BBV Way is the Balfour Beatty VINCI Business Management System for the project. It contains the processes that we will use to manage the project. A live link to the system is provided below.

3.5 The BBV Way

The BBV Way is the Balfour Beatty VINCI Integrated Management System for the project. It contains the processes that we will use to manage the project – it is held in the following location:

The BBV Way

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 12 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

4 RESPONSIBILITIES Table 3: Environmental Responsibilities Role Main responsibilities Sub Lot Director Accountable for the following: • Leadership and commitment to communicate and support the delivery of the Sub Lot in line with the HS2 and BBV environmental and sustainability visions. • The environmental performance of the Sub Lot and for encouraging others to improve the effectiveness of our EMS and performance. • Promoting sustainable design and construction objectives. • Setting the Sub Lots behavioural culture for sustainability, ensuring that all aspects of our CEMP are embraced by our delivery team, including our supply chain partners. Sub Lot Project Responsible for the following: Manager • The environmental performance of the Sub Lot and for encouraging others to improve the effectiveness of our EMS and performance at the Sub Lot level. • Promoting sustainable design and construction objectives within the Sub Lot. • Setting the Sub Lots behavioural culture for sustainability, ensuring that all aspects of our CEMP are embraced by our delivery team, including our supply chain partners. BBV QHSE • To provide resources to develop and implement the EMS and contractual Director for Stage requirements. 2 • Be responsible for the environmental performance of the Project and for encouraging others to improve the effectiveness of our EMS and performance. BBV • To develop the EMS and relevant documentation. Environmental • To maintain the ISO 14001:2015 and PAS2080 certified EMS including Sustainability auditing of the system, incident management and reporting. Manager • To develop, deploy, review and maintain the Environmental and Sustainability Policies and Strategy. • To provide guidance and advice to the consents and pre-construction teams on HS2 and legal requirements. • Be responsible for ensuring environmental input into construction methodology. • To provide advice and input into programme. • To own the Contract EMP and associated plans and be responsible for their effective implementation. • To lead sustainability workshops to establish and update the project opportunities & risks, targets & KPIs. • To co-ordinate liaison with statutory bodies, other MWCC and HS2 about environmental issues. • To aid the Project Director in promoting a positive environmental culture along with sustainable design and construction.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 13 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Role Main responsibilities • To provide assurance that the Contract EMP application and results are in line with requirements. BBV EMR • To identify temporary works EMR compliance requirements. Manager • To fully understand the legal and Client requirements/conditions of the contract, as they relate to environmental sustainability issues and advises the project teams on these. • To produce EMR CN Deliverables. • To produce, review and update the EMR process. • To collaborate with HS2, designer and third parties. Works to share best practice within the HS2 scheme and wider industry. • To link with the Design, DJV and Consents teams for specialist reports/assessments to back up EMR compliance. • To co-ordinate with the Undertakings and Assurance team to ensure these are planned for and managed in terms of EMR compliance. Sub Lot • To support the Environmental Sustainability Manager to ensure full Environmental integration of environmental requirements and risks and opportunities Manager management in the design process and Stage 2 delivery at the Sub Lot level • To be involved in Sub Lot design review and value engineering workshop to ensure Environmental Sustainability in design is implemented. • To co-ordinate with the Sub Lot design and pre-construction teams to ensure that intrusive site surveys are planned and delivered in accordance with legal and contractual requirements. • To liaise with the Environmental Consents Manager and the Sub Lot Environmental Consents Engineer regarding all environmental permits and licenses including any transfer of consents from the EWC • To lead a positive environmental culture at the Sub Lot level and to transform behaviours where required. • To prepare environmental requirements for supply chain contracts at the Sub Lot level and project level (where requested by the BBV Environmental Sustainability Manager in agreement with the Sub Lot Project Director/Manager). • To undertake and co-ordinate specific environmental training at the Sub Lot level and project level (where requested by the BBV Environmental Sustainability Manager in agreement with the Sub Lot Project Director/Manager). • To liaise with the Enabling Works Contractor on environmental and ecological issue mitigation and identify any residual risks that need ongoing management following handover of land to BBV • Produce and co-ordinate various environmental management documentation at the Sub Lot level • Lead on specific project-wide environmental topics as requested by the BBV Environmental Sustainability Manager in agreement with the Sub Lot Project Director/Manager • Undertake CoCP compliance inspections • Audit and be audited on environmental compliance

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 14 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Role Main responsibilities • Monitor compliance against environment consents including water and noise, and along with the BBV ecology team, ecological licenses and assents • Assessing progress towards environmental objectives and targets identified in this CEMP • Co-ordinate timely reporting of environmental data from the BBV supply chain into the PMU report • Aid in the production of other construction specific environmental documentation such as temporary work EMR compliance and dust risk assessments BBV • To work closely with the DJV in developing a design that reduces Environmental significant environmental impacts based on EMR principles. Design Manager • Be responsible for ensuring environmental input into design process via design workshops and reviews. • To ensure that Environmental commitments are identified for Phase 1 are complied with and provide relevant evidence for recording in the Commitments Compliance Register. • To provide advice and support for liaison on Environmental topics with EWC. • To support the other Design/Engineering Managers to challenge / check Ecology, Landscape, Heritage, Watercourse diversion, Water resources and flood risk, Waste, Contamination land, Noise, Sound & Vibration, Fencing, Land and Air Quality, Agriculture, Forestry and Soils design. • To support the estimator in developing the price of the environmental works solutions (landscape and planting, fencing, hydroseeding, contamination land), allowances and budget forecast for the construction teams. BBV • Be responsible for ensuring all necessary environmental consents, Environmental undertakings and assurances, licenses and permits required for the Consents project are obtained. Manager • To liaise with statutory bodies, external bodies and HS2 as required; • To ensure compliance with all consents, undertakings and assurances licenses and permits. • Be responsible for maintaining Consents Register • liaison with EWC to understand which consent are in place, when their consent will expire and if any can be transferred to BBV Sub Lot • Establishing a schedule of environmental consents required for Environmental temporary works relating to Schedule 33 Part 5 (water); environmental Consents permits and Section 61 (noise) consents for the Sub Lot. Engineer • Gathering required supporting documentation for consent submission. • Liaising closely with the BBV Environmental Consents Manager/Co- ordinator to ensure consents are submitted and granted in time to commence works. BBV Biodiversity • Lead on all matters in relation to biodiversity & ecology Lead • Be the principal interface between the EWC and BBV to manage any residual risks being passed over to BBV

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 15 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Role Main responsibilities • Obtain ecological licenses for works impacting protected animal species • Prepare Precautionary Methods of Works where proximity to protected species dictates Ecologist/Arborist • To advise programme planners on optimal timing for seasonal landscape and ecology activities • Act as Ecological Clerk of Works (ECoW) for any works in close proximity of ecological constraints • Supervise works to ensure controls in PWMS are followed DJV • To ensure environmental sustainability in design is fully integrated into Environmental the design progress. Lead • To carry out value engineering workshops. • To ensure all environmental design risk and opportunities are assessed and integrated into design process. • To carry out an environmental assessment and identify the mitigation to be implemented prior to intrusive surveys taking place to inform both site activities and design. • To ensure design complies with EMRs. Sub Lot Delivery • To attend the Project induction prior to commencing work. Team (including • To ensure environmental measures are implemented in line with the supply chain) method statements and risk assessments. • To work considerately with a good working ethic to minimise adverse environmental impacts and follow all site rules communicated during the briefings and project training sessions. • To adhere to instructions provided by an Ecological Clerk of Works, Archaeologist, etc. • To report near misses, positive interventions and all incidents no matter how minor. • To comply with any environmental consents required to complete the planned works. • Comply with the requirements of the CoCP and undertake periodic inspections to demonstrate this

5 OBJECTIVES AND TARGETS In order to ensure the team achieves our environmental and sustainability performance objectives, the Project Director, QHSE Director and the Environmental Sustainability Manager will develop and agree a set of project objectives and targets which will be based on our previous experiences, HS2 and Stakeholders’ objectives and specific risks and opportunities on the project.

The QHSE Director will allocate responsibilities and action deadlines for each of the developed targets. The broad targets and objectives are set out as follows and are further detailed with owners and time scales in the Environmental Sustainability Action plan (1MC08-BBV-EV-REG-N001-000002).

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 16 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

The below table lists out the project level environmental objectives and targets and reflects how Sub Lot 1A can contribute to achieve and, where possible, exceed these:

Table 4: Environmental Objectives & Targets Project Objective Project Target Sub Lot Target Risks and Opportunities To maintain and manage environmental Conclude register by beginning of Production of 2 ‘live’ Aspect & Impact registers risks and opportunities register. construction, manage and update as for Sub Lot 1A and feed any significant required. residual risks into the project Aspect & Impact register and risk and opportunity register as required Sustainability (Environment) To ensure that the project is at the Positive client survey/feedback to Positive client feedback at the Sub Lot level forefront of sustainable construction. reflect this. To ensure sustainable procurement. Sustainable procurement included in Ensure any Sub Lot specific subcontractors the Procurement Plan. (and their subcontractors) comply with the sustainable procurement requirements BREEAM To achieve an Excellent rating under Excellent Award criteria met at the end Collate relevant evidence from Sub Lot 1A in BREEAM (Building Research of the Scheme Design period. support of the overall BREEAM assessments Establishment Environmental Assessment Method) Infrastructure. Carbon and Energy To minimise and reduce carbon Work towards HS2 target of 50% Measure Sub Lot 1A carbon reduction against emissions from operations and reduction of agreed baseline. Confirm baseline and seek to achieve at least 50% embedded carbon. baseline and management plans at the reduction on baseline to include soil as a end of scheme design. resource

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 17 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Project Objective Project Target Sub Lot Target Co-ordination, communication and liaison To ensure the Project’s Environmental Policies displayed on board Communication to the wider supply chain on Sustainability commitments are EMS documentation communicated site and through electronic information effectively communicated to all through BC (Business Collaborator) dissemination as part of HSEQ contractor employees. checked during audits. briefs Identify key BBV contact(s) for liaison Revise nomination for each relevant Stakeholder Engagement plan to include all with key third parties third party by May 2020. third-party interfaces and include nominated leads Competency, environmental training and awareness Identify training needs for those Prepare training needs analysis. Training requirements matrix to be produced employees involved in Stage 2. based on job roles, to include supply chain roles Deliver training in line with agreed HS2 1 hour of training per 1000 hours Training to the Sub Lot BBV team (staff and Targets. worked. workforce) and briefing schedule to subcontractors to be produced and delivered Sampling, testing and monitoring Finalise monitoring requirements Agree assets/sites to be monitored for Develop list of monitoring sites for Sub Lot 1A, noise & vibration, dust, ecology and likely to be a spreadsheet that can be filtered surface and ground water with HS2 and by all Sub Lots to include monitoring of statutory consultees during detailed temporary stockpiles design. Environmental assurance Produce Construction EMR General Principles EMR CN’s in place Compliance notes to be produced covering all Compliance Note Template and for all works in line with programme. temporary works in Sub Lot 1A and action any Compliance Notes for all Construction Changes tracked and compliance notes changes accordingly Works. updated as required. Incident reporting and investigation

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 18 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Project Objective Project Target Sub Lot Target Zero Level 1 and 2 (HS2) Measured throughout Stage 1 (PMU5). Zero Level 1 and 2 environmental incidents environmental incidents. To promote the accurate reporting of all Increase in observation cards to 1 per Briefings to be given to the supply chain on environmental issues in order to protect 2500 hours worked. incident reporting process and enhance the natural environment. Emergency preparedness and response To plan for the management of 100% procedures issued in a timely Deliver environmental incident response foreseeable environmental risks and to manner. training to BBV staff and supply chain working have contingency procedures in place in roles that could be involved in environmental for the effective response to incidents emergencies and credible risk scenarios. Reporting Performance and Improvement To report environmental sustainability HS2 PMU5 period report issued on PMU reports to be submitted by performance to HS2. time. Adapt efficiently to new reporting subcontractors in a timely manner and ratified system when issued. before collation into overall figures for submission Legal compliance and benchmarking To identify the environmental applicable Maintain legislation Register. Relevant legal requirements to be checked as legislation for the contract. Monitor compliance via internal audit part of Sub Lot 1A audit and inspection regime and inspection of our design and site contractors.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 19 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

6 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

6.1 Construction Location and Layout – Sub Lot 1A

This Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) covers all construction works for Sub Lot 1A between chainages 126+540 to 129+548, see Figure 2 below.

Figure 2. Extent of Sub Lot 1A

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 20 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Figure 3 Extent of Long Itchington Wood North Portal Works location

North Portal Works

Main Compound Works

North Portal Works

Figure 4 Extent of Long Itchington Woods North Portal Works as outlined in green (red area not covered by this CEMP).

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 21 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Figure 5 Extent of Long Itchington Wood South Portal Works location

Figure 6 Extent of South Portal work area

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 22 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Table 5 Long Itchington Wood North Portal Works

Long Itchington Wood North Portal Works (Construction Scope) Covered by this CEMP? BBV Works Protection of existing ecological and archaeological mitigation measures as Yes advised in EWC handover documentation Set up of temporary compound Yes Site Mobilisation LIW North Portal temporary works Construction of; • LIW North Portal structures • Ufton Wood Cutting • Welsh Road Embankment • Welsh Road Embankment Flood Compensation Area Details of the STP Compound area and purpose of the operation?

Table 6 Long Itchington Wood South Portal Works Long Itchington Wood South Portal Works (Construction Scope) Covered by this CEMP? BBV Works Protection of existing ecological and archaeological mitigation measures as Yes advised in EWC handover documentation Site Compound Works; Yes • Installing site hoarding and fencing • Implement the agreed TMP • Installing site access points and gates, walkways and crossings including Polo Club crossing • Installing H&S signage and traffic management signage • Compound and carpark establishment and foundations for temporary offices • Cabins for temporary office installation including welfare facilities • Topsoil stripping in localized areas • Haul road installation, laydown areas, foundations for machinery • Survey control • Installation of bentonite plant, silos and settlement tanks • Mobilization of plant and equipment • Installation of environment controls including settlement ponds / tanks

LIW South Portal Works; • Installing site hoarding and fencing • Implement the agreed TMP • Installing site access points and gates, walkways and crossings including Polo Club crossing • Installing H&S signage and traffic management signage • Compound and carpark establishment and foundations for temporary offices • Cabins for temporary office installation including welfare facilities • Topsoil stripping in localized areas • Haul road installation, laydown areas, foundations for machinery • Survey control • Installation of bentonite plant, silos and settlement tanks • Mobilization of plant and equipment • Installation of environment controls including settlement ponds / tanks

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 23 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

6.1.1 EWC Handover

Information held with EWC document Health and Safety File (document still to be received) will be reviewed and integrated into the CEMP. The ecological and archaeological constraints are summarised in table 2. This is to ensure necessary protection measures to be assured, or implemented, and monitored during compound construction, operation and demobilisation.

The EWC will undertake limited activities to prepare for MWCC North Portal Works, which will include site clearance and ecological mitigation and partial construction work including provision of a granular platform and access roads.

EWC handover is expected for the LIW South Portal Works Area in two phases, North & South of the A425. Any other environmental constraints or existing mitigation measures shall be communicated as early as possible to BBV and their subcontractors prior to handover, and clearly documented in the EWC handover information, (including but not limited to the EWC environmental management plan). This will also include ecological constraints/ mitigation measures on the boundary/ within specified radius or outside LLAU.

This CEMP will be updated to reflect any relevant new information e.g. constraints and sensitive receptors detailed in Section 3 and Appendix A.

No works shall proceed until BBV have inspected the handover area by qualified personnel including but not limited to the Environmental Manager and/or Environmental Specialists (see Section 4 for details of roles and responsibilities).

Table 7: Sub Lot specific documentation Sub Lot specific environmental documentation Separate EMR compliance notes for temporary and permanent works HS2 CT05 & CT06 Drawings Ecological Licence(s) Ecology Precautionary Method Statement(s) Arborcultural Working Method Statement(s) Timber survey report(s) Section 61 Consent(s) Statement Of Intent (SOI) for noisy works Schedule 33 Part 5 Protected Provisions approval(s) Environmental Permit(s) Stratford-on-Avon Local Environmental Management Plan Dust Risk Assessment(s) EWC Health & Safety File(s)

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 24 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Sub Lot specific environmental documentation Flood Risk Assessment(s) Water Framework Directive Assessment(s) Site Waste Management Plan Biosecurity Management Plan(s) Soil Resources Farm Pack(s) Soil Management Plan(s) Materials Management Plan(s) EWC handover documentation Geo environmental reports Local Transport & Logistics Plans Incident Response Plans

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 25 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

7 PLANNING

7.1 Environmental Arrangements

The Contract Environmental Management Plan (Contract EMP) [Ref. 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001- 000001] defines the contract wide management by BBV Joint Venture of the Environmental Sustainability issues associated with work on Phase 1 N1/ N2 Main Civils Contract of the HS2 Project.

In addition to complying with the general environmental arrangements within the Contract EMP and Topic Environmental Plans (see section 3.2), construction specific arrangements are required to be developed and implemented.

The Local Environmental Management Plans (LEMPs) sets out site specific control measures to be adopted by HS2 Contractors working within the SoADC area. The LEMPs build upon but does not repeat the HS2 general environmental requirements set out in the Control of Construction Practice (CoCP), available online at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/59 3592/Code_of_Construction_Practice.pdf

The LEMPs contains control measures and standards to be implemented within specific Local Authority areas respectively. The sections within the LEMP should not be read in isolation from other sections due to the interconnected nature of the measures between disciplines.

A direct link to the LEMP is below:

• Stratford-on-Avon District Council (SoADC) LEMP https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data /file/669185/stratford_local_environment_management_plan.pdf

The structure of this CEMP reflects the key elements of the SoADC LEMP, however, along with the Sub Lot Aspects & Impacts registers the CEMP builds on and updates, where required, certain elements of the LEMP.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 26 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

8 ASPECTS & IMPACTS

Tables 8 & 9 provide a high-level summary of the significant Environmental Aspects & Impacts for the Sub Lot 1A as identified in the following Aspect & Impact registers:

o 1MC08-BBV-EV-REG-N001-000007 – North Portal o 1MC08-BBV-EV-REG-N001-000008 – South Portal

These Aspect & Impact registers are ‘live’ documents that will be updated based on changing risk levels (informed by updates from EWC through LM spatial and ownership handover to BBV) and will be shared for information as part of the review of this CEMP. High-level information only is shown below for detail reference the Aspect & Impact registers.

Table 8: Significant Aspects & Impacts – North Portal North Portal Aspect Impact Details Risk Score Badger setts at southern end of GAH near to start of North Portal Works and throughout working area EWC Method Statements including in EWC Handover Pack to inform mitigation undertaken. BBV Precautionary Method Statement developed for working in and around areas active with Badgers e.g. within 30mtrs of Badger Setts Ecology – Protected High animal species Bat tree roosts (high potential) near North Portal Works Area.

• Precautionary Works Method Statement to take into account night working • Monitoring Surveys completed and continuing with BBV Ecological Team • Noise Insulation boundary along boundary of North Portal and Woodland Ecology - INNS None identified Low Long Itchington Wood 10mtrs south of boundary of North Ancient Woodland Moderate Portal Works Grand Union Canal is located immediately north of site but is not expected to be impacted by compound construction works (>15m).

Water Resources Moderate “Unnamed ditch leading to the River Leam” located on northern boundary. Sch. 33 Part 5 applied for installation of headwall in bank as part of temporary drainage. Apply CoCP, topic controls (section 4) and permit requirements.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 27 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

North Portal Ecology – Protected Long Itchington Wood 10mtrs south of boundary of North Moderate sites Portal Works Community Construction Noise; Site Lighting; Dust; Traffic movements Moderate Disturbance Compound falls within Farm ID CFA16-14 and CFA16-19. Land Quality Moderate No contaminated land identified Welsh Road Lock Cottage within 300m of compound Air Quality Moderate boundary, Long Itchington SSSI within 10mtrs. Grade II Fir Tree Farmhouse - 430m east of eastern boundary (stockpile) and 600m east of slurry plant, Grade II Low Historic Environment Bascote Locks 800m east from boundary (Welsh Road). Not expected to be impacted. Hedgerows to be retained as per EWC Handover Hedgerows Low information

Table 9: Significant Aspects & Impacts – South Portal South Portal Aspect Impact Details Risk Score Main Badger setts outside of GAH boundary for the construction works BBV Precautionary Works Method Statement for Badgers to be implemented

Confirmed Bat sightings, with several trees with High/Moderate potential for Bats Ecology – Protected Confirmed Roasts in buildings within GAH area Moderate animal species BBV Precautionary Works Method Statement for Bats to be implemented

GAH area has presence of GCN AMP buffer zones – 250 to 500 mtrs. BBV Precautionary Works Method Statement for GCNs to be implemented

Ecology - INNS None identified Low Long Itchington Wood North of boundary of South Portal Ancient Woodland Low Works River Itchen is located immediately South of site but is not Water Resources expected to be impacted by compound construction works Low (>15m).

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 28 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

South Portal Ecology – Protected Statutory and on-statutory protected environment sites. Moderate sites Community Construction Noise; Site Lighting; Dust; Traffic movements Moderate Disturbance Compound falls within Farm ID CFA16-17 and CFA16-16. Land Quality Low No contaminated land identified Dallas Polo Club and Lower Farm House adjacent to Air Quality Moderate compound boundary. Dallas Polo Club to the East and Lower Farm House to the Historic Environment Low West. Not expected to be impacted. Hedgerows to be retained as per EWC Handover Hedgerows Low information

In addition to mitigating the risk of the above aspects (mitigation detailed in the Sub Lot Aspect & Impact registers) there are several opportunities for improvement in Table 7 below:

Table 10: Environmental Opportunities Aspect Opportunity Benefit Biodiversity/Cultural Loss of ancient woodland lost is less compared with that High Heritage reported in the Environment Statement Biodiversity Create more habitat than is required merely for No Net Loss Moderate Community Engage with the local communities and interest groups in Moderate Engagement creating ecological habitat To improve the quality of the land (i.e. through remediation) Land Quality High prior to hand back for use To reduce water use against baseline predicted by, for Water Resources High example, rainwater harvesting and re-use Reduce the overall flood risk by effective implementation of Flood Risk Moderate drainage and flood compensation areas Community Engage with local communities about the historic Engagement/Historic Low environment within their community Environment Environmental Share best practice training with the wider HS2 community Low Awareness Non-Environmental personnel (e.g. Engineers) to become Environmental members of IEMA (or other professional environmental Moderate Awareness body) or as a minimum attend SEATS training.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 29 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

9 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

9.1 Community relations

Our aspiration is to be a good neighbour every single day, by respecting the people and communities we impact and being sensitive to their needs. We will work collectively and with our supply chain partners to create opportunities such as jobs, apprenticeships or small business contracts and investment activities which leave a last legacy within the communities we impact.

INCLUDE MAPS FROM CFA DOCUMENTS

U&A’s relevant to Sub Lot 1A can be found in Appendix D.

Community Engagement across Balfour Beatty VINCI (BBV) is a collective responsibility which all personnel, teams and members of our supply chain have a part to play.

Balfour Beatty VINCI’s approach to Community Engagement and Investment is aligned through the following plans:

Table 10: Community Engagement documentation Document Title Document Number Local Area Engagement Plan 1MC08-BBV-SE-PLN-N001-000012 HS2 Code of Construction Practice LWM-HS2-EV-STA-000-000107 HS2 Community Engagement Strategy HS2 Community Engagement Strategy Community Investment Plan 1MC08-BBV-SE-PLN-N001-000004

The BBV Community Engagement Team are responsible for co-ordinating the planning, delivery and evaluation of engagement and investment. Community Engagement and Investment across a defined geographical area is managed at a sub-lot level.

9.1.1 Community and Stakeholder Notification

BBV have a requirement to inform communities and stakeholders a minimum of 14 days prior to undertaking any works which may impact a local area. This will require us to work collectively and with our supply chain partners to plan, draft and approve all communications prior to circulation using postal, online and email channels. These notifications will align with a range of meetings, working groups, drop- ins and events which will target local communities and stakeholders.

9.1.2 Onboarding Inductions / Training / Toolbox Talks

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 30 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

All staff and supply chain partners will support our aspiration of ‘being a good neighbour’ through the integration of engagement and investment requirements into inductions, training, toolbox talks and briefings with staff.

9.1.3 Small Claims Process

All communications, received from members of the public or stakeholders, in relation to a potential small claim, have to be directed to the BBV Community Engagement Team.

BBV will work collectively, and with our supply chain partners, to investigate and administer any small claims, for loss or damage, with a value at or under £10,000, relating to our works / activities. All claims, over this amount, are administered through a separate process.

9.1.4 Complaints and Enquiries

All staff and supply chain partners are required to familiarise themselves with the BBV Complaints and Enquiries process (located on the BBV Way). All complaints and enquiries, received from members of the public or stakeholders, are required to be registered with the HS2 Helpdesk, with a copy to the BBV Helpdesk. This will ensure each enquiry and complaint is allocated a tracking number before it is allocated to the nominated manager to review, investigate and to draft a response.

Contacting the HS2 Helpdesk: Telephone: 08081 434434 Email: [email protected]

Contacting the BBV Helpdesk: Email: [email protected]

9.1.5 Site Visits

BBV will work collectively and with our supply chain partners to plan and deliver safe site visits for stakeholders and communities, to raise awareness and showcase the works we are completing in an area.

9.1.6 HS2 Website

HS2 community websites provide information and updates about the work and engagement being undertaken across each Local Authority area. BBV will be sharing details and notifications of upcoming works and activities through these websites. The following website covers this area.

Hs2 Warwickshire Website - https://hs2inwarwicks.commonplace.is/

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 31 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

(Registering with these websites just requires an email address and an alert is received every time new content is added).

9.1.7 Community Investment

The BBV Community Investment Strategy outlines our aim to ‘leave a lasting legacy’ in the areas in which we will be operating. Community Investment activities, in a local geographical area, will be plan, delivered and managed through the Sub-lot Team.

BBV will work collectively and with our supply chain partners to identify projects which we can support that benefit communities and stakeholders who may be impacted by our works but also empowering future generations.

The project support will vary between volunteering staff hours on a project, supporting local employment or education initiatives, developing skills within communities, through to, offering resources, materials, plant, donations or equipment.

9.2 Working hours

Consents The framework for seeking consent for working hours under Section 61 of the Control of Pollution Act 1974 is set out in the CoCP.

Core working hours Core working hours will be from 08:00 – 18:00 on weekdays (excluding bank holidays) and 08:00 – 13:00 on Saturdays. See also HS2 Information Paper D4: Working Hours.

A period of up to one hour before and up to one hour after core working hours will be required for start- up and close down activities as detailed within the CoCP. To maximise the productivity within the core working hours, the 1hr start up and close down periods will include activities such as deliveries, workforce arrival/departure, unloading, maintenance and general preparation works etc. During this period plant and machinery that is likely to cause disturbance to local residents will not be allowed to operate. This period will not be an extension of the core working hours. Working outside of these hours would need to be agreed through the S61. NB emergencies (not repairs and maintenance) may be undertaken outside core hours.

Certain work activities at specific locations within the local authority area will need to take place outside of the core working hours for safety and engineering purposes. Tunnelling activities will take place 24/7 and these work activities will be covered by the Section 61 process.

9.3 Construction site layout and good housekeeping

The measures set out in Section 5.3 of the CoCP will be used to reduce the likelihood of an environmental incident or nuisance occurring.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 32 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

9.4 Site lighting

All construction sites will be lit in accordance with the requirements of the CoCP as detailed within Section 5.4 and approval of site lighting in accordance with Schedule 17 Part 1 of the Act. Site lighting will be designed to avoid light pollution to surrounding buildings, ecological receptors, local residents, railway operations, passing motorists, pedestrians, cyclists and other sensitive land uses, where reasonably practicable.

9.5 Worksite security

The intention is to achieve safe and secure worksites, with balanced and appropriate security measures that are commensurate with the risk, as detailed within Section 5.5 of the CoCP. A security plan will be required for each site and where appropriate, security fencing and gates provided to perimeters of construction locations and site compounds. Fence type and construction will be appropriate to the level of security required and depend upon the likelihood of intruders, level of danger and visual impact to the environment.

Contractors will be responsible for ensuring that the site/working areas and plant and materials are secure from use by unauthorised persons at all times and plant machinery will be securely locked away and immobilised each night. Securing sites will involve the use of physical, electronic and human resources in a proportionate and cost-effective manner.

In some situations, particularly in an urban setting where the public interface with construction works will be greater, consideration will be given to extra visibility for the public and workforce at night, e.g. use of half-timber/half-infill (i.e. perspex) at hoarding corners together with convex mirror to prevent blind spots. All sites, dependant on duration, will have security lighting to ensure the safety of passing pedestrians and other traffic. Details can be found in Information Paper D10: Worksite Security.

Security provisions will be deployed at all BBV sites and working areas on a 24/7 basis this may include CCTV cameras, alarms and security personnel. This approach will help protect assets with measures that deter, delay and detect intrusion.

9.6 Hoardings, fencing and screening

The site perimeter will generally be fenced with 2.4m high solid hoardings that will be appropriately decorated, in line with measures described within Section 5.6.1 of the CoCP, if appropriate.

Hoardings up to 3.6m high may on occasions, be used to control construction noise. At locations where existing fencing may need to be removed, temporary wire mesh fencing or other suitable alternatives will be used.

Opportunities to include temporary landscaping measures including but not limited to green hoardings, ivy screens, artificial ivy and instant hedging will be considered and where reasonably practicable

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 33 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only implemented where there are clear benefits to local air quality, biodiversity and visual appearance of the area, taking into account costs, longevity and ease of maintenance.

There is limited earthworks along the line of route, such as cuttings and embankments, however temporary fencing will be erected along the site boundaries. The type of fence will be dependent upon the nature of use of the adjacent land, as well as environmental, design and safety considerations. Details can be found in Information Paper D10: Worksite Security. Stockpiled soils would be fenced off for their protection and reduction of soil erosion.

9.7 Unexploded ordnance

There are a number of moderate risks in terms of unexploded ordnance identified.

A risk assessment for the possibility of unexploded ordnance being found within construction areas will be carried out, as detailed within Section 5.7 of the CoCP.

9.8 Electromagnetic interference

The impacts of electromagnetic interference during design and construction will be undertaken, as detailed within Section 5.8 of the CoCP.

9.9 Temporary living accommodation

It is not envisaged that temporary living accommodation will be required in Sub Lot 1B but if this changes local authority approval will be sought in advance.

9.10 Clearance and re-instatement of sites on completion

This will be carried out as detailed within Section 5.11 of the CoCP.

9.11 Pollution Incident Control and Emergency Preparedness

A high-level Pollution Control Plan (1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000019) has been produced and specifies control and responses to environmental pollution incidents. This includes key pollution control measures including:

• Static plant will be used with secondary containment measures such as plant nappies to retain any leakage of fuel or oil to reduce the risk of pollution; • Spill kits will be provided where appropriate to reduce the risk of pollution; and • The use of oil interceptors at site offices and work compounds

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 34 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

9.12 Interface management between adjacent construction areas

BBV will have due cognisance of the interface between other Contractors as detailed within Section 5.16 of the CoCP, which may be within the same or adjacent local authority boundaries.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 35 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

10 AGRICULTURE, FORESTRY & SOILS

General control measures relating to agriculture, forestry and soils are provided in Section 6 of the CoCP.

10.1 Sensitive receptors

Any high-quality soils that will be permanently displaced will be reused in the design of the Scheme for agriculture and other uses, represent a sensitive receptor.

Some land uses situated adjacent to the construction boundary may be considered sensitive receptors, particularly in respect of farm infrastructure and crops. This includes interruptions to drainage systems, livestock water supplies and irrigation systems, the potential for dust deposition on crops, particularly field vegetables; interruptions to farm and field accesses; and the maintenance of appropriate stockproof fencing. This also applies to the approximately 43ha of land within the construction boundary in the SoADC area that is to be restored to agriculture.

10.2 Local control measures

Where topsoil and subsoil will be stripped across the site, a Soil Resources Plan (SRP) or ‘Farm Pack’ will be prepared. The SRP Farm Pack will establish the type and volume of the topsoil and subsoil to be stripped, distinguish the value of the subsoil as a material/engineering fill, the designated location of the stockpiles and the proposed use of conserved soils for land restoration. Para 10.2 of the soils technical standard (P10) and SCEW describe the required content of the Soil Resource Plan. There will also be an aftercare process implemented to ensure agricultural land has returned to its original grade.

There is a commitment in the main ES for the reuse of soils. In the provision of early ecological mitigation areas the topsoil and sub-soil will be entirely reused within the boundaries of each site and therefore an SRP will not be produced for these sites.

North Portal Compound falls within Farm ID CFA16-14 and CFA16-19.

South Portal Compound falls within Farm ID CFA16-17 and CFA16-16.

(MAPS OF STOCKPILE LOCATIONS?)

In respect of storage areas for soil and excavated materials, and within the wider construction site, the presence and spread of Invasive, Non-Native Species (INNS) (plants and animals) and noxious weeds will be controlled through a local Biosecurity Management Plan. These will identify and effectively treat areas which that could threaten adjoining agricultural areas.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 36 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Appropriate construction, handling, treatment and disposal procedures will be implemented in relation to INNS. Route-wide measures will also be implemented to promote Biosecurity and reduce the risk that invasive non-native species and diseases are spread as a consequence of the Scheme via the Biosecurity Management Plan (1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000016). Further details are provided in the CoCP.

Measures for the protection of farm infrastructure and crops will be subject to liaison with landowners, occupiers and land agents through the Agricultural Liaison Officer (ALO). Following consultation with individual farmers, arrangements are being made with the farmer and documented in Farmers and Growers' packs. Details on the scope of these packs is included in the HS2 Guide for Farmers and Growers.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 37 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

11 AIR QUALITY

General control measures relating to the management of air quality during construction are provided in Section 7 of the CoCP. BBV and its contractors will manage dust, air pollution, odour and exhaust emissions during the construction works in accordance with Best Practicable Means (BPM) and refer to current publications on ‘best practice’ by the Institute of Air Quality Management (IAQM).

11.1 Sensitive receptors

BBV and its contractors working methods will have due regard to local sensitive receptors where there may be impacts due to dust emissions from construction works and exhaust emissions of air pollutants from construction traffic vehicles travelling to and from construction areas.

For air quality, relevant sensitive receptors include locations where there are residential properties, other types of property where there is human exposure over extended periods, for example hospitals and schools, and locations where there are designated ecological sites with sensitive vegetation. The potential impacts have been considered in terms of dust soiling on people and property; human health effects of dust and air pollutant emissions; and effects of dust deposition on vegetation.

Air quality construction assessment locations and the impacts at relevant receptors are identified in the main ES. The receptors considered most sensitive are those located within 20m of construction works and/or routes used by construction vehicles.

In the SoADC boundary, the specific locations with relevant receptors that will be explicitly be considered in the BBV and its contractors working methods include:

• Properties around Stoneythorpe Lodge; • A425 Leamington Road, Southam; • the ecological site Long Itchington and Ufton Woods SSSI.

Receptors affected by emissions from anticipated construction traffic include: properties along the A425 Leamington Road between Southam and the B4455 Fosse Way. These locations were assessed to experience a negligible impact but should remain under review with regard to any changes to plans for the movement of excavated material during the construction phase.

Dallas Polo Club and Lower Farm House adjacent to compound boundary. A dust risk assessment for the wider Long Itchington Wood area indicates a risk of negligible (human) to medium (ecological – LIW). However, this is associated with the larger scale construction to be undertaken (portal and tunnel).

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 38 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Dallas Polo Club and Lower Farm House adjacent to compound boundary. The magnitude of potential dust emissions would be small given that the main compound works are planned over a short duration during the autumn-winter months when the soils are likely to be wetter. Welsh Road Lock Cottage within 300m of compound boundary, Long Itchington SSSI within 10mtrs. A dust risk assessment for the wider Long Itchington Wood area indicates a risk of negligible (human) to medium (ecological – LIW).

However, this is associated within the larger scale construction to be undertaken (portal and tunnel).

Ecology receptor (LIW) is > 50m and hence not applicable. Additionally, magnitude of potential dust emissions would be small given that the main compound works are planned over a short duration during the autumn-winter months when the soils are likely to be wetter.

Dust monitoring equipment management in place by BBV DJV

The Institute of Air Quality Management (IAQM) methodology for assessment of dust from demolition and construction has been used to classify the risk of dust impacts as ‘low’, ‘medium’ and ‘high’ risk at the locations of relevant sensitive receptors. The locations to be explicitly considered in the BBV and its contractors working methods were assessed to experience a low to medium risk of dust impacts without mitigation measures. However, Dust Risk Assessments will be produced to re-assess impacts and implement dust monitoring in areas considered to be medium or high risk and mitigate accordingly.

11.2 Local control measures

All the relevant methods outlined within the CoCP will be applied to control and manage potential air quality effects. These methods are considered to be sufficiently effective within areas in and around those listed in Section 11.1. Measures can include:

• Planning the site layout • Provision of dust suppression measures in all areas of the construction sites that are likely to generate dust • Measures to keep roads, accesses and vehicles clean • Enclosure, shielding or provision of filters on plant likely to generate excessive quantities of dust beyond the site boundaries

Specific measures for each site should be developed with regard to the particular activity being undertaken in proximity to sensitive receptors. Dust suppression measures and works screening will be subject to approval in accordance with Schedule 17 of the Act. Further measures are detailed within

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 39 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Section 7 of the CoCP. Dust suppression measures and works screening will be subject to approval in accordance with Schedule 17 of the Act. Further measures are detailed within Section 7 of the CoCP.

HS2 has set emission requirements and targets for the engines of Contractor cars, vans, and heavy road vehicles. These have been developed for the whole route and are categorised as follows: London Low Emission Zone, Clean Air Zone and Rest of Route. For SoADC the relevant category of vehicle emission standard is the Rest of Route. There are requirements for heavy road vehicles to be powered by EURO VI (or lower) engines and for cars and vans to be Euro 6 diesel and Euro 4 petrol from 2020. There are also targets for the use of Ultra Low Emission Vehicles.

HS2 has also set requirements for Non-Road Mobile Machinery (NRMM) (i.e. stationary plant and off- road vehicles). These have been developed for the whole route and are categorised as follows: Central Activity Zone, Rest of Greater London and Rest of Country. For SoADC the relevant category of NRMM emission standard is the Rest of Country within which the requirement is for NRMM to be powered by EU stage IV from 2020. Further details on emission standards are given in HS2 Information Paper E31: Air Quality.

11.3 Monitoring procedures

An inspection and monitoring programme will be implemented by BBV and its contractors to assess the effectiveness of the control measures as outlined in section 7.3 of the CoCP. In the SoADC area, the monitoring procedures may include continuous automatic monitoring of airborne dust, including the setting a relevant site action level for dust (defined as a dust measurement threshold above which investigation will be required). The monitoring being undertaken by BBV supplements existing air quality monitoring which is part of national and local authority surveys.

The monitoring programme, including locations for dust monitoring is in the process of being agreed. Monthly reports of monitoring data from air quality surveys will be made publicly available throughout construction. The BBV Air Quality Management Plan (1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000002) provides more details on the monitoring requirements

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 40 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

12 CULTURAL HERITAGE

General control measures relating to cultural heritage are provided in Section 8 of the CoCP. Further control measures for cultural heritage are provided in the HS2 Phase One Heritage Memorandum within the Environmental Minimum Requirements and the specific documents identified therein.

A route-wide Generic Written Scheme of Investigation: Historic Environment Research and Delivery Strategy (GWSI:HERDS) has been prepared which sets out the general principles for design, evaluation, mitigation, analysis, reporting and archive deposition to be adopted for the design development and construction of the Scheme.

Works associated with the scheme will impact both designated and non-designated assets in the SoADC area. Full details of the works to be undertaken (i.e. archaeological investigations and built heritage recording) will be determined during the detailed design and will be set out in Project Plans and Location-Specific Written Scheme of Investigations (LS-WSI).

Schedule 18 and Schedule 19 to the Act concern how legislation in respect of listed buildings and scheduled monuments respectively apply to the Phase One works.

Cultural heritage is being investigated by LM the Enabling Works Contractor (EWC). Any remaining risks or management of cultural heritage assets will be instructed to BBV for action accordingly.

12.1 Sensitive receptors

The designated heritage assets are located within/adjacent to the scheme and require particular attention include;

• Stoney Thorpe Hall Lodge Gates and Gatepiers (LBS096) – Grade II listed building adjacent to the Scheme. • Bascote Heath and Stoneythorpe War Memorial, which stands on Bascote Heath Lane - Grade II listed building adjacent to the Scheme.

Details of all designated and non-designated heritage assets within 500m of the land required, temporarily or permanently, for the construction of the Scheme are listed in Volume 5 of the main ES (Appendices CH-001-016, CH-002-016, CH-003-016 and CH004-016 and Maps CH-01-101, CH-01- 102, CH-01-103, CH-01-104, CH-01-105a) and Volume 5 of the SES and AP2ES (Appendices CH-002- 016, CH-003-016 and CH-004-016 and Map CH-01-105a).

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 41 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

13 ECOLOGY

General control measures relating to ecology are provided in Section 9 of the CoCP.

13.1 Sensitive receptors

The following locations which lie within or are adjacent to the Scheme in SoADC are designated for nature conservation (and which are shown within the Volume 5 map books of the main ES). Note that the designations applying to these sites will impose constraints on working practices that will need to be adhered to:

• Long Itchington and Ufton Wood SSSI and ancient woodland (Ch128+000) located above Long Itchington Tunnel and within 500m of the land required for the construction of the Scheme.

Sensitive habitat receptors outside of designated sites are displayed within the Volume 5 map books of the main ES. From south to north these include:

• Thorpe Rough ancient woodland (Ch127+500) is situated near Heath Farm south-east of Long Itchington and Ufton Woods SSSI and lies adjacent to the land required for the construction of the Scheme; • Woodland known as Bascote Heath Wood (Ch127+700); • Grand Union Canal (Ch129+600) on the border between the SoADC and South Warwickshire District Council areas.

Key protected or important species known to occur in the vicinity of the works as detailed in the LEMPs are:

• bats (roosts and key commuting and foraging habitat); • great crested newt and other amphibians; • bird species (e.g. warblers and stock doves); • terrestrial invertebrate assemblages; • otter (a confirmed holt and two potential holts are present on the River Itchen near Dallas Burston Polo Club) • badger; • common reptiles; • notable plants (e.g. spurge laurel, broad-leaved helleborine, early purple orchid and veteran wild pear trees); • aquatic plants (e.g. water soldier and sea clubrush).

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 42 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

LM are undertaking surveys to update the locations of these species and, where applicable their habitat. This information will be shared with BBV through LM spatial. Updated information pertaining to protected species will be used to inform the Sub Lot Aspect & Impacts registers which will be amended to reflect any survey changes or mitigation. LM will be mitigating most of the risks to ecological protected species as part of the enabling works but there are likely to be ongoing risks to protected animal species. This will be controlled through ecological licensing and precautionary method statements as well as Ecological Clerk of Works (ECoW) supervision.

BBV in its contractors will be required to check whether any protected species licences are required prior to work commencing or where such licences have been obtained, to ensure compliance with the requirements of the licence. BBV and its contractors will be required to reduce the loss of sensitive habitat receptors wherever possible.

The nearest identified Ancient Woodland is Thorpe Rough ancient woodland to the North-East of chainage 127+500 but this is 230m from the proposed LOD.

13.2 Local control measures

The standard ecological issues and associated control measures outlined in Table 7 are of particular relevance to this area.

Table X: Standard ecological issues and control measures relevant to Sub Lot 1A Receptors Issue Standard control measure Designated The Scheme affects non- Measures to reduce habitat loss Sites statutory should be wildlife sites and ancient included in planning of woodland. construction works, such as avoiding siting temporary material stockpiles, construction materials and vehicle parking within designated sites. Potentially hazardous materials should also be located away from designated sites and stored correctly. Specific measures for control of surface water and for air and water-borne pollution should also take account of the proximity of these designated sites.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 43 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Receptors Issue Standard control measure Ancient U&A associated with Woodland Trust to be notified two Woodland working within 100m of weeks in advance of works ancient woodland commencing on site that are within 100m of ancient woodland. The Ecology Site Management Plan to be referred to for continuing management on site for the duration of works. Bats All UK bat species and their Adhere to requirements of roosts (even licences and, where if bats are not present) are relevant, Ecology Site fully Management Plans. protected under both UK and European legislation.

The Scheme will result in the loss of confirmed bat roosts in trees and buildings. The Scheme will result in Adopt precautionary approach. the loss of Follow trees and buildings appropriate Working Method identified as having Statement for moderate or high potential demolition of buildings and felling to support of trees. roosting bats, but no evidence of their use has been recorded to date through survey work. Retained bat roosts are Where practicable, undertake present in close activities causing proximity to the Scheme. disturbance during seasonal Caution is periods when bats required to ensure that are likely to be absent. these roosts are not disturbed during works. Ensure lighting is directed away from known roosts.

Reduce night time working in close proximity to retained roosts.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 44 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Receptors Issue Standard control measure Where practicable, temporary structures will be erected to screen the entrances/exits of retained roosts from construction areas.

The Scheme will result in Where practicable, undertake the loss of and activities causing disruption to bat foraging loss or disruption during seasonal areas and periods when commuting routes. bats are likely to be less active. Retain as much of the key habitat for as long as possible and establish new areas as quickly as possible to reduce the effects. Ensure lighting is directed away from foraging areas and commuting routes. Reduce night time working in close proximity to foraging areas and commuting routes. Breeding birds The nests and eggs of all Habitat clearance should be bird species are conducted outside legally protected against of the bird nesting season (March being to August damaged or taken. Some inclusive) where practicable. species are specially protected against If habitat clearance is carried out disturbance during the whilst nesting. bird nesting season then an The Scheme will result in appropriate the loss of Working Method Statement shall nesting bird habitat, be completed including in advance of clearance works vegetation, buildings and commencing. structures. Barn Owls require 175m exclusion zone if suitable trees identify potential suitability for the presence of barn owl..

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 45 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Receptors Issue Standard control measure Great crested Great crested newts and Adhere to requirements of HS2 newt their habitats great crested are fully protected under newt organisational licence, both UK and method European legislation. statements, and Ecology Site Management The Scheme will result in Plans. the loss of water bodies and terrestrial habitat used by great crested newts. Common The Scheme will result in Drain down of ponds should be amphibians the loss of conducted water bodies supporting outside of the main breeding common period for amphibians. Clearance amphibians (March to August) during peak where periods of occupation could practicable. result in the loss of these populations. If drain down of ponds is carried out during the main breeding period then an appropriate Working Method Statement shall be completed in advance of drain down works commencing. Common Common species of reptile Where works have the potential to reptiles (grass snake, kill or injure adder, common lizard and reptiles, but there is suitable slow worm) habitat are protected from immediately adjacent to the work intentional killing or site that could injury. support a viable population (with Common reptiles are enhancements widespread, and where necessary) the Habitat the Scheme will result in the Manipulation and loss of Displacement approach should be confirmed and potential followed. A reptile habitat. Working Method Statement should be produced in advance of works commencing. Where there is no suitable habitat immediately adjacent to the work site, the Reptile

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 46 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Receptors Issue Standard control measure Translocation approach should be followed. A Working Method Statement should be produced in advance of works commencing. This will include details of the approach, any exclusion fencing required, and details of the receptor site. Badger Badgers and their setts are Adhere to the requirements of the protected HS2 badger under the Protection of organisational licence, method Badger Act statements, and 1992. Ecology Site Management Plans. Badgers are widespread, Avoid badger setts to reduce and the disturbance where Scheme will result in the they do not need to be closed. loss of badger Badgers are a mobile species and habitat, including setts. can create new setts in a short period of time. Contractors to be aware of the potential for badger setts to be present within or adjacent to work sites – works to be stopped if potential setts are identified and an ecologist contacted for advice. Invasive plants There is a risk of work sites All land required for the works and and adjacent immediately land supporting invasive adjacent land (where practicable) non-native shall be species (INNS), as defined surveyed for the presence of in Schedule 9 INNS, with a focus of the Wildlife and on high-risk species. Countryside Act 1981 A Biosecurity Management Plan (as amended), in particular shall be Japanese produced in advance of works knotweed. commencing, INNS have been already where required. recorded along some parts of the Scheme through previous survey work.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 47 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Receptors Issue Standard control measure General Unexpected discovery of There will be a procedure to follow legally in the protected species during unexpected event that protected works. species are identified during construction. This will include seeking appropriate licences and consulting with Natural England. Unexpected finds of great crested newts or badgers are covered by the organisational licences and works must be in accordance with those licences.

A Precautionary Working Method Statement (PWMS) will be produced to manage all works where protected species have been identified.

13.3 Monitoring

BBV in its contractors will be required to undertake appropriate monitoring of the consequences of construction works on ecological resources and of the effectiveness of the management measures designed to control ecological effects, as detailed within Section 9.3 of the CoCP.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 48 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

14 LAND QUALITY

Further land quality study work including intrusive ground investigation (where needed) and analysis will be conducted by BBV or its contractors prior to construction in order to confirm areas of suspected land contamination (including suspected asbestos contamination) within the Scheme for the area.

The HS2 Geo-Environmental Report: Sub-Lot 1, (Ref: 1MC08-BBV_MSD-EV-REP-N001-100025) presents the contamination risk assessment for Sub Lot 1A.

The contamination risk assessment will aid the development of outline remediation options for potentially significant source-pathway-receptor contaminant linkages. These linkages have been inferred from a review of the contamination data from the intrusive ground investigations (GI) commissioned by HS2 and additional GI commissions by BBV.

The following land with potentially contaminative existing or historical uses has been identified as a possible contaminative risk to BBV works within the SoADC area:

• assumed infilled well off Leamington Road (126+680).

With regard to the above identified contaminative risks, BBV and its contractors will have due regard to the following sensitive receptors:

• people, including residents in existing properties, local employees, construction and / or maintenance workers; • controlled waters, including ground waters in various secondary A aquifers, secondary (undifferentiated) aquifer and unproductive strata; • the built environment, including buildings, property and underground structures and services; • the natural environment

14.1 Local control measures

Ground investigations are to be undertaken to confirm areas of potential contamination within the Scheme. Following a conceptual ground model, risk assessment and a remedial strategy will be prepared, as needed. Consultation with SoABC and the Environment Agency will take place during the formulation of the remedial strategy, which will include measures to be taken if unexpected contamination is encountered as outlined in Section 11 of the CoCP.

Contaminated soils or groundwater excavated from the site are to be separated from other materials and, wherever reasonably practicable, will be treated as necessary to remove or render any contamination inactive, and reused within the Scheme where needed and suitable for use. Treatment techniques are likely to include stabilisation methods, soil washing and appropriately permitted bioremediation to remove oil contaminants. Contaminated soil disposed off-site will be taken to a soil treatment facility, another construction site (for licensed treatment, as necessary, and reuse) or an appropriately permitted landfill site.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 49 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Ground investigation has discovered significant contamination within the area required to construct the Bromford Tunnel intermediate shaft, it will be excavated, then treated offsite at a soil hospital and reused, as appropriate. In addition ground (landfill) gas and/or leachate control systems will be constructed where necessary to manage ingress to the Scheme or control migration pathways external to the works where pathways have been affected adversely by the construction. Similar measures will be undertaken at other sites where contaminated soils or groundwater are identified during the investigation and / or construction processes.

14.2 Minerals

The Scheme crosses a number of Mineral Safeguarding Areas in the Stratford-on-Avon District including those for building stone, cement raw materials, deep coal and sand and gravel.

Mitigation of potential impacts on these mineral resources can include prior extraction of the resource for use within the Scheme or elsewhere. Extraction may be limited to areas of environmental mitigation earthworks within the Scheme adjacent to rather than beneath the track bed, which will require good founding conditions. A plan will be discussed in advance of the construction works with the landowner and / or mineral owner / operator, the mineral planning department at Warwickshire County Council and any other interested parties to assist in achieving an effective management of minerals within the location of the affected Mineral Safeguarding Areas as well as Preferred Areas and Areas of Search.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 50 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

15 LANDSCAPE & VISUAL General control measures relating to landscape and visual effects are provided in Section 12 of the CoCP.

15.1 Sensitive receptors

BBV and its contractors will have due regard to limiting impacts of the works on the character of the following landscape character areas (LCAs) which are shown within the Volume 5 map books of the main ES (Volume 5, Landscape and visual map book for country: north):

• Southam Village Farmlands LCA;

BBV and its contractors will also have due regard to limiting visual intrusion on the following visual receptors (the word ‘area’ in this context means the study area of the main ES):

Residents in the area particularly: • Ridgeway Lane • A residential property off Welsh Road

People travelling along the following roads and lanes in the area, including: • Welsh Road • A425 Leamington Road

PRoW to be stopped up or diverted due to Sub Lot 1A activities are outlined in Section 17.1.3.

15.2 Local control measures

Measures that have been incorporated into the CoCP to avoid or reduce landscape and visual effects during construction include the following (see main ES, Volume 5):

• Maximise retention and protection of existing trees and vegetation where possible • Use well-maintained hoardings and fencing • Design lighting to avoid unnecessary intrusion onto adjacent buildings and other land uses • Replace any trees intended to be retained which may be accidentally felled or die as a consequence of construction works • Undertake appropriate maintenance of planting and seeding works and implement management measures throughout the construction period as landscape works are completed • Position temporary bunds to screen views to the route construction • Identify specific locations of construction compound layouts and site access in relation to existing vegetation to reduce visual impacts where practicable

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 51 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

• Identify specific location of temporary material stockpiles to reduce visual impacts

15.3 Trees

BBV and its contractors will give consideration to where trees and other planting can be established early in the construction programme. For example, where trees require removal due to utility works early in the programme, replacement trees will be provided at the earliest possible opportunity, where reasonably practicable. BBV will ensure any early planting during construction is maintained to promote healthy growth.

Where practicable BBV will carry out surveys in accordance with BS 5837:2012 and agree the details of tree retention and protection measures, Trees in relation to design, demolition and construction recommendations, with SoADC, in advance of any works in the vicinity of trees.

15.4 Site buildings for office and welfare

Buildings will generally be of a temporary modular type at Bromford Tunnel East Portal, Intermediate Shaft and West Portal; they will typically be multi-storey to maximise construction space and limit land take.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 52 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

16 NOISE & VIBRATION

General control measures relating to noise and vibration are provided in Section 13 of the CoCP. The objective will be to, as far as reasonably practicable, seek to control and limit noise and vibration levels so that affected properties and other sensitive receptors are protected from excessive noise and vibration levels associated with construction activities.

16.1 Sensitive receptors

Noise and vibration construction assessment locations, at sensitive residential and non-residential properties, are shown on the detailed maps in the main ES. During design consolidation BBV will reassess noise impacts based on any design changes and ensure that where any additional noise and vibration impacts from construction are identified monitoring and mitigation shall be implemented.

There are numerous residential and non-residential properties located in proximity to the works sites which without appropriate mitigation are likely to experience adverse effects from construction noise and/or vibration. Specific noise sensitive receptors identified include:

Residential • Stoney Thorpe Lodge, Leamington Road, Southam; • Lower Farm, Leamington Road, Southam

Non-residential • Dallas Burston Polo Club, Leamington Road, Southam • Codemasters, Leamington Road, Southam

16.2 Local control measures

Consents under section 61 of the Control of Pollution Act 1974 will be obtained for the construction works and applications will normally be made at least 28 days before the relevant work is due to start. The works will be carried out in accordance with the conditions of the consent. Furthermore, site specific measures will be identified by the works Contractor on a site-by-site and activity-by-activity basis and agreed with SoADC through the Section 61 process, as set out in the HS2 S61 guidance document and technical standards.

Site specific best practicable means measures to control noise and vibration have been identified through the Parliamentary process and discussions with SoADC. Furthermore, site-specific measures will be identified by BBV and its contractors on a site-by-site and activity-by-activity basis and agreed with SoADC through the Section 61 process. General control measures relating to noise and vibration are provided in Section 13 of the CoCP. As identified in the main ES, examples of BPM measures that may be employed by BBV and its contractors to control noise and vibration include:

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 53 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

• Controlling noise and vibration at source - for example the selection of quiet and low vibration equipment, review of construction programme and methodology to consider quieter methods • Arranging the layout of compounds to reduce noise impacts where construction compounds are in proximity to noise sensitive receptors. This may include placing any stacked porta-cabins between noisy works and sensitive receptors • Additional height hoardings which may, on occasion, be used to control construction noise. These will be subject to approval in accordance with the requirements of Schedule 17 Part 1 of the Act

Where, despite the implementation of BPM, the noise exposure exceeds the criteria defined in the CoCP (section 13), BBV may offer noise insulation or ultimately temporary re-housing. Taking account of the avoidance and mitigation measures as set out in the CoCP, some dwellings are forecast to experience noise levels higher than the noise insulation trigger levels as defined in the CoCP for both daytime and night-time periods.

Local control measures will be periodically reviewed, including following any material changes in the proposed construction method. Eligibility for noise insulation and/or temporary re-housing will be determined once detailed construction planning information is available. Details of eligibility will be included in the section 61 consent application for information only. BBV will produce a noise insulation and temporary rehousing appraisal report.

16.3 Monitoring

In line with the HS2 TS on noise and vibration monitoring BBV or its contractors will undertake and report such monitoring as is necessary to ensure and demonstrate compliance with all noise and vibration commitments and the requirements of the CoCP. The locations at which the main ES has predicted adverse impacts from construction noise and/or vibration will be used as the basis of the initial discussions with SoADC (with input from HS2) to define the locations to be included in the Section 61 consent application. These discussions should include the need for monitoring and its duration. It should be noted that alternative locations may be identified as a result of these discussions.

SoADC may request further pre-construction baseline monitoring at specific locations relating to stationary systems as well as monitoring of construction noise through the s61 process.

As set out in section 4.3.10 of the CoCP, where BBV are monitoring noise, dust and air quality with equipment capable of streaming data in real time, this will be made available to SoADC if a written request is made. In addition, monthly noise monitoring reports will be made publically available throughout construction. The monthly reports will include information such as measurement methodology and monitoring locations.

All noise and vibration monitoring equipment should hold a valid calibration certificate issued by either a United Kingdom Accreditation Service (UKAS) accredited calibration laboratory or equipment manufacturer.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 54 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

17 TRAFFIC & TRANSPORT

Route-wide, local area and site-specific traffic management measures will be implemented during the construction of the project on or adjacent to public roads, bridleways, footpaths and other Public rights of way (PRoW) affected by the Scheme as necessary. These measures are guided by Section 14 of the CoCP. The CoCP sets out a number of measures to ensure the impacts from construction traffic on the local community are reduced by BBV and its Contractors where reasonably practicable:

• A Route-wide Local Traffic Management Plan (LTMP) setting out generic traffic management measures to be implemented during the construction of the project, reference to be confirmed when produced; • The Local Traffic Management Plans (LTMP) will set out matters such as planned worksites, lorry routes and the programme of major traffic management measures expected to be necessary within particular areas along the route; • BBV will prepare transport and logistics plans detailing site-specific traffic management measures, which will be subject to consultation and, as necessary, consent; • BBV will prepare construction workforce travel plans with the aim of encouraging the use of sustainable modes of transport to reduce the impact of workforce travel on local residents and businesses; • For road cleanliness BBV and its contractors will implement measures to avoid/limit and mitigate the deposition of mud and other debris on the highway; and • Undertake such appropriate monitoring as is necessary to ensure compliance with the requirements of the CoCP, and this will include the maintenance of records of traffic management measures installed.

Information relating to construction traffic is also provided in the following information papers; • D11: Maintaining access to residential and commercial property during construction • E13: Management of traffic during construction • E14: Highways and traffic during construction-legislative provisions • E30: Vehicle flow management and safety requirements during construction

17.1 Local control measures

17.1.1 Sensitive receptors

In relation to traffic and transport, key sensitive receptors will need to be considered when developing the overall programme within the LTMP and the site-specific traffic management schemes. These requirements will be addressed appropriately though the development of the LTMPs or site-specific measures and discussed at the Local Traffic Liaison Group meeting, established in accordance with the Code of Construction Practice and the Route-wide Traffic Management Plan. Roads likely to be negatively impacted by traffic in Sub Lot 1A include:

• the A425 west of Southam and Welsh Road, due to the increase in HGV traffic

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 55 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

• B4455 Fosse Way

17.1.2 Site access

A number of vehicle access points to the construction sites will be required and so the construction vehicle movements will be spread over a number of roads within the area of the works. Highway access notifications and/or approvals will be undertaken in accordance with Schedule 4 of the Act. Routes for construction traffic will be subject to approval of the relevant planning authority in accordance with the Schedule 17 of the Act when large goods vehicle movements exceed 24 single movements (12 two- way movements) per day to and/or from a site. Any permanent highway works outside the limits of deviation as outlined in the Act will be subject to normal Highways legislation and Highway Authority powers.

17.1.3 Works to the highway and access measures

Temporary and permanent road closures and diversions will be required of the following roads

• A425 Leamington Road with overnight and / or weekend closures

Permanent realignments for the following PRoW will be required: • FP X In addition, permanent stopping up of: • FP X

Alternative routes for the following PRoW will be required, namely: • Grand Union Canal

All temporary closures and diversions will be subject to submissions and notifications to the relevant highway authority.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 56 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

18 WASTE & MATERIALS

All waste will be managed in accordance with the waste hierarchy which aims to reduce waste at source and to reduce the quantity that requires final disposal to landfill. This applies to excavated material arising on-site, which will be reused within the Scheme as far as reasonably practicable, as well as material from demolition and construction activities. This approach is described in Section 15 of the CoCP.

18.1 Local control measures

Testing and classification of materials

The ‘basic characterisation’ of excavated material will be determined by BBV to ascertain the potential for reuse, recycling, recovery or disposal to inert, non-hazardous or hazardous landfill.

A Resource Management Plan (doc. Ref. 1MC08-BBV-SU-PLN-N001-000001) has been developed in accordance with the Definition of Waste: Development Industry Code of Practice to set out the processes to be adopted in respect of the reuse of excavated materials either on the Scheme or transferred to another development site.

In the event that excavated material is to be sent for disposal, which shall be the option of last resort, testing and classification will be undertaken by the Contractors in line with the Environment Agency’s guidance. This includes:

• Waste Sampling and Testing for Disposal; and • WM3 – Guidance on the classification and assessment of waste (1st edition 2015)

Excavated material produced in SoADC is likely to be surplus to the requirements of the Scheme. Surplus excavated material will be managed in accordance with the SRP ‘Farm Packs’ (where applicable) and the waste hierarchy as described above as well as HS2 Excavated Materials Policy, which states: ‘Where it is not feasible or reasonably practicable to use excavated materials in the construction the Nominated Undertaker will minimise the quantity of excavated materials that are disposed of to landfill. This may include providing surplus materials for use in other local construction projects…’

Opportunities for the off-site re-use of surplus excavated material will therefore be identified and utilised where reasonably practicable. Surplus excavated material will only be sent to landfill as an option of last resort. Excavated material from SoADC will be transported by rail where reasonably practicable to do so. If rail transport is not reasonably practicable material will be transported by road.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 57 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

CRISP – Community Resource Information Support Platform

BBV aim is to implement CRISP – a new software that is able to capture resources available for reuse, and identification of potential reuse opportunities in other Sub Lots or donations to local community groups.

This approach will help BBV meet several sustainability commitments:

• Bring cost savings through realising value of existing materials and reduction of waste disposal costs.

• Lower our environmental impact, particularly reduce CO2 emissions through waste reduction and improving materials efficiency and benefit local communities through improved engagement.

Waste Management on site

Waste movements will be managed via Reconomy and their waste reporting portal. All waste contractors removing waste from site must be a registered waste carrier. This must be checked prior to any waste leaving site using the Environment Agency public register.

All wastes must be stored in designated areas that are isolated from surface water drains, open water and bunded to contain any spillage.

Hazardous waste must be correctly segregated and sent off site using a Hazardous Waste Consignment Note (HWCN) (not a Waste Transfer Note), with an individual HWCN required for each movement of hazardous waste.

Site Waste Management Plan (SWMP)

BBV contractors will be required to provide waste Duty of Care documentation (Waste Transfer Notes; Consignment Notes; Environmental Permits for disposal and waste treatment sites or mobile treatment licenses; and waste exemptions).

Duty of Care documentation must be completed / obtained for all types of waste leaving site and must always be available for inspection by the clients and environmental regulators.

The Site Waste Management Plan (SWMP) will be used during the contract to record predicted waste types and quantities, details of waste contractors and disposal sites, quantities of waste disposed of and recycling rates achieved.

Reconomy waste portal will be used to obtain the relevant information regarding waste management and this information will contribute to the SWMP and monthly reporting.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 58 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

BBV will provide an online tool for contractors to feed this information into which will be the basis of the SWMP.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 59 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

19 WATER RESOURCES & FLOOD RISK

General control measures relating to water resources and flood risk are provided in Section 16 of the CoCP.

19.1 Sensitive receptors

Surface water features include the Grand Union Canal, River Itchen and three of its tributaries, and a tributary of River Leam.

Water dependant habitats include Ufton Fields Nature Reserve, a SSSI and Local Nature Reserve (LNR); and Long Itchington and Ufton Woods SSSI and Ancient Woodland. There are a number of potential water dependent ecological sites within the study area, which include, but are not limited to: Southam Meadow South Local Wildlife Site (LWS) and Thorpe Rough (Ancient Woodland).

Local aquifers: alluvium (Secondary A aquifer); head deposits (Secondary undifferentiated aquifer); Rugby Limestone Member and occasional sandstones of the Mercia Mudstone Group (Secondary A aquifers); The Saltford Shale Member, Penarth Group and Mercia Mudstone Group (Secondary B aquifers), Langport Member and dolomitic siltstones of the Mercia Mudstone Group (Secondary undifferentiated aquifers).

19.2 Schedule 33 Part 5

Any works around water resources requiring consents within act limits will be applied for under Schedule 33 Part 5 of the HS2 Act. The approving authority will be either the EA the Lead Local Flood Authority (LLFA) or both. The following situations would trigger a Schedule 33 Part 5:

• Works within the channel of an ordinary watercourse (LLFAs) • Works within 8 metres of a main river or in flood zone 3 (EA) • Below groundwater construction within Principal; Secondary A or Secondary B Aquifer area (EA) • Crossing an ordinary watercourse (if affecting the full channel flow) (LLFA) • Crossing a main river (EA) • Discharge into ordinary watercourse (LLFA for any structures only in ordinary watercourses & EA for water quality to all watercourses) • Discharge into main river (EA) • Discharge to groundwater (EA) • Abstraction of groundwater >20m3/day

The LLFA in Sub Lot 1A is Stratford on Avon District Council (SoADC)

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 60 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

19.3 Environmental Permitting

Environmental permits will be applied for in relation to any treatment of contaminated water prior to discharge in line with the Environmental Permitting Regulations (EPR) 2016.

19.4 Flood zones 2 & 3

Prior consent will be obtained from the EA before working in flood zone 3 of a main river. Works within flood zone 2 are exempted but a Flood Risk Assessment (FRA) will be carried out for areas within Flood Zone 3. In both cases BBV will sign up to the EA Flood Warning/Alert service so advanced notice can be given to site teams to react to any flooding risks by moving out of the ‘at risk’ area and moving any materials to a safe place.

Figure X. Flood Map North Portal

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 61 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Figure X. Flood Map South Portal.

Key issues relating to water resources and flood risk are:

• Potential effects on surface watercourses arising from construction activities in proximity to watercourses. • Potential indirect effects on surface watercourses arising from changes to groundwater flow or quality. The potential impact of the intermediate shaft, as part of the Proposed Development, on groundwater flow and groundwater quality due to potentially poor land quality in the area.

19.5 Local control measures

Measures identified in Section 16 of the CoCP, including detailed method statements, will aim to reduce potential adverse effects on surface water or groundwater quality or flows associated with construction; this will include release to groundwater or surface water from sewers in the surrounding area.

As outlined in the CoCP, BPM will be used (e.g. through the use of silt traps and appropriate attenuation, if required) prior to the discharge of water to watercourses, groundwater or surface water sewers, subject to obtaining the required permits or consents. This could apply to run off from wheel washing facilities or from general construction activities. The BBV pollution incident control management system

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 62 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only will incorporate procedures for alerting relevant water supply companies and reducing impacts to public supply SPZs and local private abstractions in this area. Where there is the possibility that work may affect aquifers, a groundwater monitoring plan will be implemented, as outlined in Section 16 of the CoCP.

A programme of groundwater and surface water monitoring will be undertaken prior to, during and following completion of the construction works. The monitoring programme scope and duration will be developed and agreed with the Environment Agency in consultation with relevant stakeholders as necessary (Lead Local Flood Authorities for ordinary watercourses). A management strategy will also be agreed with the Environment Agency in consultation with relevant stakeholders that will cover any physical mitigation required for the protection of public water supply.

If dewatering from excavations is required, it will be carried out in consultation with the EA and will take into consideration risks posed to water quality and quantity. All consenting requirements (including monitoring and other mitigation) will be adhered to and relevant technical guidance will be followed

Temporary excavated material stockpiles, construction compounds and site offices will be located outside of areas at risk of flooding where reasonably practicable, to avoid affecting the level of risk of flooding. Where construction compounds cannot be located outside of flood risk areas, there will be a site-specific flood risk management plan prepared prior to construction to manage the potential risks. These plans will take account of the flood risk assessments produced for the main ES and include any proposed risk management or mitigation measures, if required.

Drainage from the works will be attenuated and discharged to watercourses or sewers, under agreement, at a controlled rate and, where required, with approval of the Environment Agency and, where appropriate, the drainage authority in accordance with Schedule 33 Part 5 of the Act.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 63 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

20 OPERATIONAL CONTROL

All BBV staff and contractors shall comply with:

• All environmental legal requirements (as detailed in the Environmental legislation register 1MC08_09-IBBV-EV-REG-N000-000003) • Any protected provisions under the HS2 Act • All consent conditions • HS2 Environmental Minimum Requirements including; o Annex 1 Code of Construction Practice - LWM-HS2-EV-STA-000-000107.pdf. o Annex 2 Planning Memorandum o Annex 3 Heritage Memorandum o Annex 4 Environmental Memorandum • Undertakings and Assurances (route wide and site specific where applicable) • All BBV policies and procedures • BBV environmental documentation including, all supporting plans under the Contract EMP: o Clients environmental management strategies and plans o Client policies and standards o Requirements laid out in this Sub Lot CEMP

20.1 Subcontractor Control

Contractors are to be provided with this CEMP (and Sub Lot 1A A&I registers) and associated documents (including Specifications; Licenses; Strategies; Drawings, Permits) in order to inform them of environmental aspects and to assist them in writing their Risk Assessments and Method Statements (RAMs).

BBV will provide significant sub-contractors with a template CEMP for them to complete which specifies what content to include. The Sub Lot Environment Manager will review the sub-contractor CEMPs to ensure they are suitable and sufficient prior to works commencing.

Sub-contractors that are undertaking minor works on BBVs behalf will only be expected to complete RAMS relating to their works that will include relevant environmental risks and controls measures.

All contractors will provide RAMS pertinent to their works and include details on relevant environmental risks and controls taking into account the nature and location of their works. The Sub Lot Environment Manager/Advisor will review and approve all RAMs produced for the relevant sub-contractors works prior to works beginning to ensure that appropriate environmental mitigation and protection has been incorporated.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 64 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

All operatives on site are required to have a method statement briefing prior to starting work, which includes confirmation of having read and understood the requirements (including relevant environmental controls).

A permit system (permit to clear vegetation, permit to dig, permit to pump) will include an environmental hold point, which will require sign off by the Sub Lot Environment Manager/Advisor before works can take place to ensure sensitive ecology/environmental locations are not damaged.

In additional, observation cards will be issued for site personnel (BBV and sub-contractor) to identify and positively feedback environmental issues that they identify.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 65 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

21. CO-ORDINATION, COMMUNICATION AND LIAISON

The successful implementation of this CEMP depends upon there being adequate co-ordination, communication and liaison between the various parties especially sub-contractors. Accordingly, the following formal arrangements have been made:

20.2 Internal Communication

Environmental communications are essential to communicate and reinforce that delivering an environmental best practice is a core of everything we do. The requirements of this CEMP will be communicated to the relevant members of the Sub Lot 1A project team, including all sub-contractors working within the Sub Lot area. Additional and ongoing communication of environmental performance and requirements will be provided to direct and subcontracted employees, appropriate to their roles and responsibilities. The Sub Lot Environment Manager is responsible for maintaining communication with the Sub Lot 1A Project Team on environmental matters relating to the work.

Our Environmental and Sustainability Policies and other appropriate environmental information will be displayed on site noticeboards at main compounds; satellite compound and main working locations and provided to all subcontractors.

Site inductions and briefings will be used to communicate environmental requirements as appropriate. Specific environmental awareness briefings will be cascaded to relevant contractors working on Sub Lot 1A by the Sub Lot Environment Manager.

20.3 External Communication

Communication with HS2 and environmental stakeholders is led by the Sub Lot Environmental Manager and the Consents Team for Sub Lot 1A specific issues. Any wider or more significant issues will be escalated to the BBV Environmental & Sustainability Manager. Communication with other stakeholders is managed between the Sub Lot 1A Community Engagement Manager and Interface Manager according to the Community Liaison Plan (1MC08-BBV-HR-PLN-N001-000005) and Stakeholder Management Register (live document managed by the Interface Team).

20.4 Communication with Statutory Authorities and Regulators

The BBV Ecology and Biodiversity Lead will be the key point of contact for Natural England and Wildlife Trusts. The BBV Noise, Vibration and Dust Lead and the BBV Environmental Consents Manager will be the principal contacts for Local Authorities. The BBV Environmental Consents Team will liaise directly with environmental authorities (EA, SoADC) in relation to Schedule 33 Part 5 Protected Provisions consents and Section 61 (noise) approvals (SoADC). The BBV Water Lead will be the principal interface with the EA on technical matters.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 66 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

20.5 Management of Complaints

BBV will adopt the four stage HS2 Complaint Management process. BBV will work with HS2 and support at all stages as defined within the Community Liaison Plan (1MC08-BBV-HR-PLN-N001- 000005). This Plan outlines the steps which will be taken when the contractor deals with issues communicated to them directly via HS2 or other parties.

There are three potential routes by which BBV may receive complaints:

• From the HS2 Helpdesk • Direct from the public to a member of the HS2, BBV Team or our supply chain. • From local authorities or other third-party stakeholders

The methods for dealing with complaints from these various routes is further described in the Community Liaison Plan mentioned above.

During the Project, BBV employees and their sub-contractors will be interfacing with members of the public. In these instances, any complainant will be referred to the HS2 Helpdesk:

Contacting the HS2 Helpdesk:

Telephone: 08081 434434 Email:

Contacting the BBV Helpdesk:

Email: [email protected]

Any complaints will be reported to the BBV Community Relations Representative or the On-Call Duty Manager. The formal complaints resolution process will be followed to resolve a complaint as detailed within the Community Liaison Plan. In all instances the Community Relations Representative will log the complaint on an internal database and issue a written response to HS2 detailing any corrective and preventative measures taken.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 67 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

21 COMPETENCY, ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING AND AWARENESS

21.1 Competence of Individuals

The Environmental Sustainability Manager has identified the environmental management training required or recommended for the team. Training needs are identified per job role family. All personnel will receive training and awareness on the specific project risks applicable to their roles and responsibilities. Details can be found in the Training and Competency Matrix (1MC08-IBBV- HS-SCH-N001-000001). The matrix includes the following training:

• One-day Site Environmental Awareness Training Scheme – Managers and supervisors (accredited by Site Safety Plus) • Emergency response • Project induction which includes the HS2 Environmental Minimum Requirements including compliance with Undertakings and Assurances • Environmental Management System

HSES team receives a list of new starters from HR on a weekly basis, the Training and Competency Matrix is then updated with the names of the new starters. Then training is organised. The competence and training requirements for all personnel relating to environmental requirements will be periodically assessed.

Summary record of BBV training, toolbox talks, and awareness sessions can be found in the Summary of Training Sessions (1MC08_09-IBBV-HR-REC-N000-000001). The HSE competency and awareness detailed training register containing individual details can be found in the Induction Register (1MC08_09-IBBV-HS-N000-000012). Training hours are reported under HSES dashboard (1MC08_09 -IBBV-HS-XXD-N000-000001) on a monthly basis.

21.2 Competence of Sub-contractors

As set out in the Procurement Management Plan (1MC08-BBV-CR-PLN-N001-000002) BBV will assess subcontractors to ensure that appropriate levels of competence are maintained. BBV will assess suppliers through a scored sustainability questionnaire. The BBV procurement team audits suppliers every six months to ensure levels of competence are maintained. Where levels are not maintained BBV will record, track and manage the close out of any non- conformances identified during audits in accordance with the BBV Management of Non-Conformance Procedure (1MC08-BBV-QY-PRO-N001-000002).

BBV will promote improvements to environmental competencies using our Supply Chain Academy, which supports SMEs on our projects to raise standards.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 68 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

21.3 Culture and Awareness Promotion

The Sub Lot Environment Manager, with support from the Sub Lot Project Manager, will promote environment awareness throughout the BBV and sub-contractor construction teams through communication of:

• Key environmental information included in the site inductions • Specific Environment training for relevant staff which may include: o EMS (including policy and objectives) o Environmental Minimum Requirements, including environmental U&As o Environmental Aspects & Impacts Registers o BREEAM o Carbon footprint reduction measures and opportunities o No Net Loss of Biodiversity. • Encouragement of everyone to propose innovative ideas and opportunities to enhance project sustainability • Communication to positively influence team behaviour with regards to the environment • Provide relevant information via site Environmental notice boards • Environmental Alerts (internal and relevant external) displayed on notice boards and cascaded to the BBV and sub-contractor teams through Tool Box Talks.

Record of BBV training and awareness sessions will be recorded in the Summary of Training Sessions (1MC08_09-IBBV-HR-REC-N000-000001).

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 69 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

22 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSURANCE

22.1 Inspections

All works within Sub Lot 1A will be subject to the following monitoring/inspection regime:

• Routine site environmental inspections shall be conducted by an environmental professional as will concentrate on legal compliance; dust; noise; litter; waste management; tree protection measures (where necessary); ecological protection; pollution prevention and any other site- specific/activity-specific environmental aspects and impacts identified • Health, Safety and Environmental inspections will be undertaken by either a HSE Advisor, Site Agent, designated engineer or other member of the team • Specific inspections against environmental consents or permits

All Environmental inspection reports will be recorded. Observations and actions will be logged, monitored and actioned in the Observations Monthly Dashboard (1MC08_09-IBBV-HS-REG-N000- 000007).

BBV personnel have received a toolbox talk on recording close calls and good practices via an app which is available to download. This is being promoted as best practice.

22.2 Sampling, Testing and Monitoring

Where a statutory consent stipulates either standards to be attained or controls to be implemented, monitoring will be undertaken to ensure compliance such as:

• Noise and vibration monitoring • Dust monitoring • Groundwater quality and levels • Surface water quality monitoring • Soil sampling and analysis • Monitoring arrangements and data kept in the relevant environmental files • Ecological monitoring e.g. protected species.

All equipment used for monitoring will be maintained and calibrated as per the manufacturer’s instructions and records of this maintained in the Project environmental file.

Details of monitoring requirements will be included within the Topic Environmental Management Plans referenced in section 3.2 of this CEMP.

22.3 Auditing

BBV will provide control and assurance of the project to meet our environmental obligations and targets.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 70 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Regular internal surveillance of the EMS and EMP will be undertaken by the Environment and Sustainability Team, as well as compliance audits on specific areas of the EMS such as waste management, to ensure statutory and contractual requirements and good practice are adhered to on site. The Environmental Team will also support HS2 audits.

Annual in-depth audits of the BBV EMS processes and documentation will be undertaken by JV partner companies, to ensure that we are meeting all requirements.

Environmental audits will be undertaken by a qualified auditor in line with the Project Audit Schedule. External audits of our EMS will be carried out against the ISO 14001:2015 standard.

The process and programme of auditing is detailed in the Project Quality Audit Schedule.

BBV will record, track and manage the close out of any non-conformances identified during audits in accordance with the BBV Management of Non-Conformance Procedure (1MC08-BBV-QY-PRO-N001- 000002).

Audits will also be carried out for high risk subcontractors and suppliers. These will include Duty of Care audits for waste streams and those involved with activities identified in the Project Risk register.

Table X: Environmental Inspections and Audits schedule Sub Lot 1A

Monitoring Type Occurrence Key Outputs Environmental Inspection Environmental inspection Weekly Report Subcontractor Duty of Care Audits Periodic / end of package EMS Audit by JV partner Annually Audit report and NCRs company Audit report ISO 14001:2015 If site chosen Any non-conformance reports or observations Audit report PAS 2080: 2016 Annually Any non-conformance reports or observations Environmental Inspection Site visits by EA Generally unplanned Report

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 71 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

23 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE

The Incident Management Plan (1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-000002) provides details on the strategy for dealing with an incident, (health, safety and environment), in line with the HS2 incident management process.

Throughout Stage 2 specific plans will be prepared and issued for each work area e.g. one emergency preparedness and response plan for tunnel activities. The template 1MC08-BBV-HS-TEM-N001- 000001 will be used for these specific emergency plans.

N1 and N2 Pollution Control Plan (1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000019) details the requirements to respond to pollution incidents on BBV sites. The purpose is to ensure the safety of workers and visitors from pollution related incidents and to ensure compliance with the Code of Construction Practice (CoCP) and associated regulations and any license conditions. The Pollution Control Plan also includes a provision for extreme weather monitoring and response including the appointment of a weather representative.

The Site Pollution Incident Response Plan (1MC08-09-IBBV-EV-PLN-N000-000001) is a site-specific document, that details emergency contact numbers (both internal and external stakeholders), site drainage plan, and environmentally hazardous substance list, etc. in one location. The aim of the plan is to ensure that, during a pollution incident, the information is readily available to aid both site response, as well as the emergency services, if an incident were to escalate.

It is imperative that all staff are made aware of the environmental implications of incidents and that such incidents are dealt with in the correct manner. Drills will be organised on site to verify the understanding of emergency actions to put in place in case of an emergencies.

The environmental risk and opportunities register will be used to ensure that the output of the specific emergency plan addresses the potential for environmental incidents and ensures that adequate management actions are agreed and in place.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 72 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

24 INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION

Environmental Incidents will be investigated by the Sub Lot Environmental Manager in line with the HS2 Works Information 218 Incident Management (1MC01-HS2-PR-ITT-000-000495). Where appropriate these will be escalated to the Environmental & Sustainability Manager.

All incidents will be reported on HORACE (HS2 incident reporting portal).

All investigations will utilise the Just (fair) culture process where human error has contributed towards the events, will identify root causes and from these produce specific, measurable, achievable, realistic and time bound (SMART) actions that will be tracked to closure. Pollution Control Plan (1MC08-BBV- EV-PLN-N001-000019) has been developed to ensure protection of the environment from pollution related incidents and to ensure compliance with the CoCP and associated regulations and any license conditions.

BBV incident management Overarching arrangements, equipment and communications to deal with serious emergency situations, equipment are detailed in the route-wide Incident Management Plan (1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN-N001-000002). Incident management and reporting procedures are detailed in the BBV Incident Reporting and Investigation Procedure (1MC08-BBV-HS-PRO-N001-000004). This procedure has been developed to align with the HS2 incident reporting system (HORACE). A Site Pollution Incident Response Plan, utilising template 1MC08-09-IBBV-EV-PLN-N000-000001, will be issued for each Sub Lot and any additional specific ‘work areas/activities’ where a specific plan is deemed necessary.

The following incident report forms shall be used: • Principal Investigation Report 1MC09-BBV-HS-TEM-N002-000012 (L1 and L2 incidents, as agreed with HSE Director) • Incident Investigation Form 1MC08-IBBV-HS-TEM-N000-000022 (all incidents) • Incident Flash Report Form 1MC08-BBV-HS-TEM-N001-000021 (for all incidents to be issued within 24 hours)

Severity of environmental incidents (HS2 reporting scale) is detailed in the table below:

Table 11: Environmental Incident Level description (HS2 reporting) Type Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Near miss that Near miss An event, prevented in other that in other from occurring through circumstances Near miss that in other circumstances effective Near Miss - could credibly circumstances could could credibly implementation of Environment have been a credibly have been a have been a arrangements Level 1 incident Level 2 incident. Level 3 described in the (e.g. incident. Contractor`s plans. prosecution).

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 73 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Type Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Incidents that cause persistent or extensive harm or damage to the environment e.g. requiring external involvement to Incidents that have Incidents that clean-up (and caused or may cause have caused therefore a high significant harm or minor harm or An event, controlled likelihood of damage to the damage to through regulatory environment. the implementation of an Environment environment effective incident action including Persistent non-significant (e.g. minor control measure (e.g. receipt of a breach or significant non- fuel spill on to drip tray used, effective statutory notice persistent breach of ground, noise use of noise barrier). or other consent conditions. monitor intervention by enforcing exceedance). authority). Persistent and significant breach of permit / licence or consent conditions.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 74 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Figure 6: Incident reporting process map

Lessons learned will be shared with the wider BBV team and externally where deemed appropriate.

All incidents and near misses will be recorded in the BBV Incident Register (1MC08_09-IBBV-HS-REG- N000-000001).

BBV Way Incident Report and Investigation Process Map for reporting incidents will be followed (link to the BBV way in section 3.5 of this document).

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 75 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

25 REPORTING PERFORMANCE AND IMPROVEMENTS

Performance will be monitored on a HS2 monthly report through the HS2 PMU 5 Environmental Sustainability Reporting requirements where relevant (1MC08-BBV-PC-XJ1-N001-000009 and 1MC09-BBV-PC-XJ1-N002-000009). Sub-contractors working on Sub Lot 1A will be required to submit environment and sustainability data relevant to their scope of works which may include fuel use; electricity consumption and waste recycling rates for example.

In addition, JV parent company reporting on internal systems will take place for relevant activities e.g. Balfour Beatty I-Portal and Taylor Woodrow Footprint systems.

Environmental observations will be collated and actioned/analysed via the HSE Observation Card and App system described in the Safety, Health and Wellbeing Management Plan (1MC08-BBV-HS-PLN- N001-000006). This will produce real time feedback and enable action and trend monitoring of environmental issues.

Senior Leadership Engagement Tours will be conducted by members of the senior leadership to engage with the workforce and include an element of positive environmental behaviours.

Results of audits, programmes and initiatives along with performance indicators will be reviewed at HSEQ Leadership Group and combined into an Environmental Report and used at the IMS Management Review and to check on progress and propose system changes.

BBV’s Innovation Management Plan (1MC08-BBV-AU-PLN-N001-000010) sets our mechanisms to promote innovation, manage initiatives and reporting and sharing of results.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 76 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

APPENDICES

The following appendices are attached:

• Appendix A Best Practicable Means (BPM) • Appendix B Ecology Constraint Maps • Appendix C Sub Lot 2 Compound Location drawing

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 77 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Appendix A Best Practicable Means (BPM) The following measures must be considered to reduce noise disturbance during the works: • At the induction stage and through daily briefings, all site personnel to be made aware of the location of residential properties; • Parking only permitted on site and not near/next to residential properties. • Unnecessary noise to be avoided including shouting and banging; • Ensure adequate maintenance of plant and equipment; • No night working will be undertaken for the site works; • Works to be planned appropriately to accommodate the imposed timescales; • Morrison Utility Services and site visitors are aware of the environmental constraints of the site and are briefed on the BPM measures outlined in this Statement of Intent; • During wet weather, inspection and dry brushing of wheels will be conducted for all vehicles leaving site, to ensure mud/debris does not track onto the public highway. If a road sweeper is required, this will be included in the noise assessment for this Statement of Intent; • A programme of community liaison will be carried out, including notification of works and details of the complaints process – see below for details; • All construction activities are currently programmed to take place during core working hours, i.e. weekdays - 08:00 to 18:00. No weekend working has been agreed for these works. Except in the case of an emergency, no construction works will be undertaken outside of the core working hours, on Sundays or Public Holidays, unless prior approval is obtained from the local authority; • All relevant plant and equipment will comply with the noise limit and noise marking requirements prescribed by the “Noise Emission in the Environment by Equipment for Use Outdoors Regulations 2001” implementing the EU Directives 2001/14/EC; • All plant, equipment and noise control measures applied to plant and equipment shall be maintained in good and efficient working order and operated such that noise emissions are minimised as far as reasonably practicable; • As far as reasonably practicable, any plant, equipment or items fitted with noise control equipment found to be defective will not be operated until repaired; • Where reasonably practicable, other fixed items of construction plant should be electrically powered in preference to diesel or petrol driven; • As far as is reasonably practicable the location and orientation of semi‐static equipment will be chosen to minimise the noise impact on sensitive receptors. Where reasonably practicable localised temporary screening will be provided; • All personnel on site will undergo site specific inductions and briefings, to include noise and vibration control measures. Where relevant, specific noise control measures will be incorporated into Works Package Plans; and • Noise from reversing alarms from delivery vehicles will be controlled and limited as far as possible through the following means: • Designing the site layout to limit the need for reversing vehicles; • The use of banksmen for traffic management at site entrance gates and within site footprint; • Reversing alarms incorporating directional sounders, broadband signals self-adjusting output sounders or flashing warning lights; • Setting reversing alarms to the minimum output noise level required for health and safety compliance.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 78 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Appendix B Ecology Constraint Maps

Constraint MAPS to be inserted here.

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 79 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

Appendix C Sub Lot 1A Compound Location drawing

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 80 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

APPENDIX D U&A’S Appendix D i) North Poral U&A’s U&As, Consents and Requirements Approvals General Approach The CCP and Contract EMP describe the general approach to complying with the U&As and identifying, applying and obtaining consents and approvals; • Low Risk Noise Assessment • Minutes from Interface Meeting • Temp Works Register • Section 61. Compound Specific U&A ref ID 2846 [1MC08-BBV-AU-REG-N001-000001]: U&As • PMI -118 identifies this as scope transfer from EWC to MWCC (CE- 31) • BBV to share BBV Virtus Design Drawing No. VTMSL-BBV-HS2-N2- L2-002/01 titled Fosse Way & Long Itchington Rd Phase 1 - site access • BBV shall use positive signal control within this location to construct the compound access and when we construct the roundabout as per permanent design. Compound Specific • Section 61 Consent for works (control of noise and vibration) Environmental • Schedule 33 P5 1) for temporary works within ordinary watercourse Consents and to install temporary headwall into bank; 2) temporary discharge of Approvals clean site drainage water (following treatment by sediment settlement pond) • Construction works must comply with requirements as detailed in the Class Approval1. • Natural England Badger Licence - 2020-48080-SPM-WLM is attached and it is valid from 22 June 2020 to 30 November 2020.

APPENDIX D ii) South Portal U&A’s U&As, Consents and Requirements Approvals General Approach The CCP and Contract EMP describe the general approach to complying with the U&As and identifying, applying and obtaining consents and approvals; • Low Risk Noise Assessment • Minutes from Interface Meeting • Temp Works Register • Section 61.

1https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/604840/hsr-act-2017-class-approval-matters-ancillary- development-schedule-17.pdf

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 81 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

U&As, Consents and Requirements Approvals Construction Specific U&A ref ID 2846 [1MC08-BBV-AU-REG-N001-000001]: U&As Subject to the review and approval of the local highways authority and so ID 49 far as is in accordance with the principles of the Compensation Code, the Promoter will ensure that: (ii) Following completion of the works, the gateway and access road will be reinstated to a standard equivalent to that of the existing gateway and access road and at a location which the Promoter will use reasonable endeavours to agree with the Petitioner.

ID 118 In managing the HS2 construction traffic in and around Coventry, the Promoter shall require the Nominated Undertaker to maximise reasonably practicable opportunities for movement of HS2 construction traffic along the line of route haul road between the Burton Green tunnel south portal satellite compound and the A46 construction compound in order to minimise the impact of HS2 construction traffic on the local road network.

ID 653 "HS2 to lead. MWCC to comply, as per U&A workshop 25/10/18. BBV shall support through FLAB process.

“BBV will ensure that appropriate access is maintained to the Property for its staff and visitors during construction such that it provides the appropriate ID 660 functionality to maintain safe operations at the Property, as described in Information Paper D11 'Maintaining Access to Residential and Commercial Property during Construction'.

Interface Manager and ALO to liaise with Polo club to ensure CLP is aligned with what has been agreed."

ID 661 "Subject to the review and approval of the local highways authority and so far, as is in accordance with the principles of the Compensation Code.

Stage 1: Price and Programme replacement gate and access road with any associated maintenance.

Stage 2: Liaise with the Polo Club through interface meetings and present design and construction programme, with maintenance arrangements”

ID 662 Restoration Design.

Following completion of the works, the gateway and access road will be reinstated to a standard equivalent to that of the existing gateway and access road and at a location which the Promoter will use reasonable endeavours to agree with the Petitioner."

ID 663 Stage 2

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 82 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

U&As, Consents and Requirements Approvals • Construct noise barriers to meet Assurance, notify Dallas Burston on activities that will produce 70 dB LAFmax as measured at the nearest part of the Red Pitch and the Silver Pitch, such as pile driving, on no more than 12 days to be specified at least 12 months in advance.

ID 664/ID 665 “BBV shall comply through the FLAB assurance process"

ID 2235 "BBV will not undertake noise-producing construction activities above 70 dB LA Fmax as measured at the nearest part of the Red Pitch and the Silver Pitch, as shown on Attachment A - Plan on the dates which the Polo club will issue in writing 12 months in advance. These dates must not exceed 12 days in total per calendar year.

ID 2236 BBV to consult the Petitioners in order to resolve any issues that arise and which adversely affect The Property during, and as a result of, the construction 2238 “BBV will install suitable boundary fencing during temporary occupation of this land.

Such boundary treatment will at the Petitioners request include the provision of a suitable solid timber hoarding, to the extent shown on Attachment A – Plan C223 -CSl-HY-DGA -030-217300-CB (labelling added), of a minimum height of 2-4m, and, within that extent, for lengths up to a maximum height of 3.6m where specified by the Petitioner, provided that these higher lengths do not in total exceed 6oom.”

ID 2237 BBV to provide adequate protection during construction works to protect the Property from noise and visual disturbance during construction having regard in particular to suitable conditions for playing competition polo, in accordance with the Code of Construction Practice, which the Promoter will seek to agree with the Petitioner.

ID 2238 BBV will install suitable boundary fencing during temporary occupation of this land.

Fences of a minimum height of 2-4m, and, within that extent, for lengths up to a maximum height of 3.6m where specified by the Petitioner, provided that these higher lengths do not in total exceed 6oom.” Compound Specific • Section 61 Consent for works (control of noise and vibration) Environmental • Schedule 33 P5 1) for temporary works within ordinary watercourse Consents and to install temporary headwall into bank; 2) temporary discharge of Approvals clean site drainage water (following treatment by sediment settlement pond)

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 83 of 84

Document Title: Sub Lot 1A Construction Environmental Management Plan Document Number: 1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 Revision: Handling Instructions: Produced by BBV for project use only

U&As, Consents and Requirements Approvals • Construction works must comply with requirements as detailed in the Class Approval2.

2https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/604840/hsr-act-2017-class-approval-matters-ancillary- development-schedule-17.pdf

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000045 v4 SL1A CEMP Rev x Date of Rev 13/11/2020 Page 84 of 84

Appendix I Incident Investigation Form

1MC08-BBV-EV-PLN-N001-000049 LIW north tunnel portal STP Rev 01 Date of Rev 05/03/2021 Page 83 of 83

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM

SECTION 1 –INCIDENT OVERVIEW Details Incident Name Date Occurred Time Occurred Area Name BBV Report No Exact description of Location HORACE Report No. Revision No. Project Lead Section Lead Another JV Parent If Yes, please Company Involved state name Subcontractor Please state Involved Name Reported To Job Tel No Title Initially Reported By Job Tel No Title Regulatory HSE/EA Police Authorities Notified Weather Conditions e.g. rain/dry/windy/ snow/hot/cold Surface ground condition Incident Classification Fatal Dangerous Occurrence Loss/Damage Major Injury High Potential (HiPo) Security/Theft More than 7 day Injury Near Miss/Close call Illness Lost Time < 7 days Utility Damage Environmental incident No Lost Time Road traffic accident Injury to member of public Other: Summary

Incident Investigation Form 1MC08-IBBV-HS-TEM-N000-000022 Rev P04 Date of Rev 28/02/2019 Page 1 of 10 Template Security classification: OFFICIAL SENSITIVE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM

SECTION 2 – INVESTIGATION DETAILS (GIVE BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF INVESTIGATION) Brief factual details

Documentation/Briefing

Time line of event

Date Time Event

Immediate actions taken

Witness:

Plant/equipment involved

Plan/Photograph/Layout

Incident Investigation Form 1MC08-IBBV-HS-TEM-N000-000022 Rev P04 Date of Rev 28/02/2019 Page 2 of 10 Template Security classification: OFFICIAL SENSITIVE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM

SECTION 3 – IDENTIFICATION AND ANALYSIS OF CAUSES Immediate causes

Underlying causes

Root causes

Contributory Factor(s) (Include Possible System Causes)

Were designs, material specification, sequence or programme contributory factors in this incident? (if Yes, please expand your response)

Incident Investigation Form 1MC08-IBBV-HS-TEM-N000-000022 Rev P04 Date of Rev 28/02/2019 Page 3 of 10 Template Security classification: OFFICIAL SENSITIVE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM

SECTION 4 – CONCLUSION – LESSONS LEARNTS, ACTIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS Lessons learnt

Action Plan/Recommendations

Owner Action required By whom By when Close out date

Communication SIR Held – Yes ☐ No ☐ Date Bulletin /Lessons Learned Safety Alert to issue Yes ☐No ☐ Shared Yes ☐No ☐

Incident Investigation Form 1MC08-IBBV-HS-TEM-N000-000022 Rev P04 Date of Rev 28/02/2019 Page 4 of 10 Template Security classification: OFFICIAL SENSITIVE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM

SECTION 5 – INJURIES ONLY Number of N/A Emergency Services Contacted Yes ☐No People Injured/Affected First Name Surname

Home Address Postcode

Emergency Phone No Contact Occupation/Trade DOB Male / Female

Employee NI Number Number Work Type Direct ☐ Public ☐ Subcontractor ☐ Other ☐ Agency Name Subcontractor Name Agency Address Subcontractor Address

Other ie. / Public Address

Tel No Tel No Years of Service in this Service at this Occupation Workplace Consecutive Days Worked Number of Days away from Work: Number of Days Restricted/Job Induction Training Received Transfer Task Briefing Received Drug and Alcohol Test Performed Known Medical Condition / State if known Medication

Skills Card and other qualifications eg BBV Passport to Work, CSCS Blue, CSCS Traffic Marshal CSCS, PASMA MEWP etc Confirm PPE worn at time of incident Hard Hat ☐ Ear Protection ☐ Welding Helmet ☐ Safety Footwear ☐ Goggles ☐ Respiratory (enter type) ☐ High Visibility Vest ☐ Overalls ☐ Gloves (enter type) ☐ Gas Welding ☐ Safety ☐ Other (specific type) ☐ Goggles Spectacles

Incident Investigation Form 1MC08-IBBV-HS-TEM-N000-000022 Rev P04 Date of Rev 28/02/2019 Page 5 of 10 Template Security classification: OFFICIAL SENSITIVE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM

Classification Not Work Related ☐ 1-3 Days Away from Work ☐ No Treatment ☐ Over 3 Days Away from Work (including ☐ Potential) First Aid ☐ Major Non Permanently Disabling ☐ Medical/ Professional Treatment ☐ Major Permanently Disabling ☐ Restricted Work/ Job Transfer ☐ Fatal ☐ Type of Contract Assaulted by a person (s) ☐ Exposed to non-ionising radiation ☐ Buried/trapped by something collapsing ☐ Fall from height ☐ Contact with hot/ cold materials or ☐ Injured by carrying, handling or lifting ☐ surfaces Contact with moving machinery/ power ☐ Slip, trip or fall on same level ☐ equipment Exposed to a harmful chemical ☐ Struck against a fixed or stationary object ☐ substance Exposed to dust ☐ Struck by a falling, flying or moving object ☐ Exposed to fire or combustion smoke ☐ Struck by a moving vehicle ☐ and gases Exposed to harmful changes in ☐ Other ☒ atmosphere Part of Body Arm ☐ Face ☐ Leg ☐ Back/Buttocks ☐ Fingers/ thumbs ☐ Multiple Injuries ☐ Torso ☐ Foot ☐ Neck ☐ Ears ☐ Hand ☐ Nose ☐ Eyes ☐ Head ☐ Wrist ☐ Nature of Injury Abrasion ☐ Electric shock ☐ Puncture/ penetration ☐ injury Bruise/ contusion ☐ Fracture ☐ Sprain/strain ☐ Burns (thermal/chemical) ☐ Foreign Body ☐ Trauma ☐ Concussion ☐ Multiple injuries ☐ Vehicle whiplash ☐ Cut/ laceration ☐ Loss of Consciousness ☐ Other ☐ Dislocation ☐ Illness/ poisoning from ☐ infections, toxic or hazard Treatment Hospital Out Patient ☐ No Treatment ☐ In Hospital for more than 24 hours ☐ On Site First Aid ☐ (including Potential) Medical Treatment by Doctor ☐ Resuscitation ☐ Hospital Name/ Address Date/ Time Attended Hospital Name/ Address Date/ Time Attended

Incident Investigation Form 1MC08-IBBV-HS-TEM-N000-000022 Rev P04 Date of Rev 28/02/2019 Page 6 of 10 Template Security classification: OFFICIAL SENSITIVE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM

SECTION 6– NATURE OF WORK Foundations, earthworks, ☐ Electrification (thirdrail) ☐ Electrification (thirdrail) ☐ excavations maintenance/ renewals maintenance/ renewals Civil engineering including ☐ Vegetation ☐ Vegetation ☐ structures management/grass cutting management/grass cutting Buildings/ facilities ☐ Crane/lifting operation ☐ Crane/lifting operation ☐ management Concrete operations ☐ E&M installation ☐ E&M installation ☐ Construction ☐ E&M maintenance ☐ E&M maintenance ☐ Tunnelling ☐ Testing and commissioning ☐ Testing and ☐ commissioning Pipe-laying, refurbishment ☐ Landscaping/fencing ☐ Landscaping/fencing ☐ Scaffold inc mobile ☐ Plant operations ☐ Plant operations ☐ erection/ dismantling Steel fixing ☐ Plant/vehicle maintenance ☐ Plant/vehicle ☐ or repair maintenance or repair Emergency or Planned ☐ Work Key Hazard/Issue Driving ☐ Lifting equipment ☐ Public interface ☐ Electrical safety ☐ Machine guarding ☐ Security ☐ Emergency response ☐ Manual handling ☐ Signage ☐ Fire safety ☐ Marine/work over water ☐ Traffic management ☐ operation Gas safety ☐ Noise ☐ Trench work ☐ Hazardous substances ☐ Personal protective ☐ Underground utilities ☐ equipment Hot Work ☐ Plant operation ☐ Using power tools ☐ Housekeeping ☐ Pressure systems ☐ Confined space ☐ Using hand tools ☐ Vibration ☐ Work at height ☐ Vehicle/pedestrian ☐ Welfare facilities ☐ Other ☐ segregation

SECTION 7 – ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENT Detail incident and substances involved e.g. oil/fuel/air/surface water/ ground water/ground

Quantity released, e.g. litres

Incident Investigation Form 1MC08-IBBV-HS-TEM-N000-000022 Rev P04 Date of Rev 28/02/2019 Page 7 of 10 Template Security classification: OFFICIAL SENSITIVE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM

SECTION 8 – ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (include diagrams, details of emergency services and/or media involvement etc)

HS2 Severity Ratings Potential Select Actual Select. Type Select

Incident Investigation Form 1MC08-IBBV-HS-TEM-N000-000022 Rev P04 Date of Rev 28/02/2019 Page 8 of 10 Template Security classification: OFFICIAL SENSITIVE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM

Incident Investigation Form 1MC08-IBBV-HS-TEM-N000-000022 Rev P04 Date of Rev 28/02/2019 Page 9 of 10 Template Security classification: OFFICIAL SENSITIVE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM

SECTION 9 – JUST & FAIR POLICY For incidents where human behaviour is identified as the primary or a contributory factor, the just culture tool kit should be used to identify the cause of this failure.

Just Culture Decision Making Model

Unsafe Act

Were the actions intended? No Yes

No Knowledge Based Do they know rules No Were the results Mistake are in place? intended?

Yes Yes

No Were the rules No Rule Based Is this a regular Exceptional clearly Mistake situation? Violation understood?

Yes Yes

No It is believed to be Yes Skill Based Were individuals Optimising a better way of Mistake competent? Violation doing the task? Yes No

No Would peers have Was a conscious acted in the same Yes Lapse decision made? way in this Routine situation? Violation Yes No

Situational Slip Violation

THINKING ERROR ACTION ERROR VIOLATIONS Doing the wrong thing Not doing what you meant Deliberate deviations from believing it is right to do rules

Description of Unsafe Act / Human Description of Proposed Name Behaviour Failure Solution(s) x x x x

Produced by: Reviewed by: Approved by: Report closed out by Name: Daniel Gardner Name: xxx Name: xxx Name: xxx Position: Senior Materials Position: xxx Position: xxx Position: xxx Technician Date: xxx Date: xxx Date: xxx Date: 18/02/2021

Incident Investigation Form 1MC08-IBBV-HS-TEM-N000-000022 Rev P04 Date of Rev 28/02/2019 Page 10 of 10 Template Security classification: OFFICIAL SENSITIVE